UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

     Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020

☐     Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number 1-05707

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number GEE GROUP INC.1-05707

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

GEE GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Illinois

 

36-6097429

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

Identification Number)

 

7751 Belfort Parkway, Suite 150, Jacksonville, FL

32256

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (630) 954-0400

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (630) 954-0400

 _____________________________________________________________

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, no par value

JOB

 

JOBNYSE American

NYSE American

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.YesAct. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filerFiler

Smaller reporting company

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 

The aggregate market value of shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on March 31, 20202022 was 11,997,724107,935,036 x $0.36$0.55 = $4,319,181.$59,364,270.

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of December 28, 202019, 2022 was 17,667,123.114,450,455.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

PART I

 

 

 Page

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business.

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

 

611

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

1327

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

Properties.

 

1327

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

 

1327

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

1327

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

1428

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.[Reserved].

 

1528

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

1528

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

2740

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

F-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

2841

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

 

2841

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information.

 

2842

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

2943

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

 

3650

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

3953

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

4155

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

4255

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

4356

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

59

 

54

 

 

2

Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Company has based these forward-looking statements on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us and the Company’s subsidiaries that may cause the Company’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a material difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the risks discussed in the Company’s other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited Financial Statements and related Notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.

 

Item 1. Business.Business

 

General

 

GEE Group Inc. (the “Company”"Company", “us”"us", “our”"our" or “we”"we") was incorporated in the State of Illinois in 1962 and is the successor to employment offices doing business since 1893. We are a provider of human resources solutions which primarily include the provision of temporary and permanent personnel in the professional and temporary professional, industrial services sectors to customers located throughout the United Sates. We, through our operating subsidiaries, deliver our services from a network of four virtual locations and physician assistant staffing and placement services28 branch office locations located in andor near several major U.S cities. We specialize in the placement of information technology, engineering, medicalU.S. cities, including, but not limited to: Atlanta, Dallas, Denver, and accounting professionals for direct hire and contract staffing for our clients, and provide temporary staffing services for our commercial clients.Miami.

 

The Company has several subsidiary corporations all of which are wholly owned and consolidated under GEE Group Inc. The Company’sOur material operating subsidiaries include Access Data Consulting Corporation, Agile Resources, Inc., BMCH, Inc., Paladin Consulting, Inc., Scribe Solutions, Inc., SNI Companies, Inc., Triad Logistics, Inc., and Triad Personnel Services, Inc. In addition, the Companywe and itsour operating subsidiaries own and operate under other trade names, including Accounting Now, Ashley Ellis, Certes Financial Professionals,Staffing Now®, SNI Banking, SNI Certes®, SNI Energy®, SNI Financial®, SNI Technology®, GEE Group (Columbus), General Employment, EnterprisesOmni One and Omni One.Triad Staffing.

Services Provided

 

The CompanyWe provide our services to a broad range of customers from small and its subsidiaries providemedium-sized businesses to the following services: (a) professional placementFortune 1000. Our services specializinginclude the provision of highly specialized contract or permanently placed professionals in the placement of information technology, finance,several verticals, including IT, engineering, accounting and finance, office engineering,support, and medical data entry assistants (medical scribes)specialized contract healthcare professionals, including scribes who specialize in electronic medical records (EMR)record (“EMR”) services for emergency departments, specialty physician practices and clinics and accounting professionals for direct hire and contract staffing, and (b)clinics. We also provide temporary staffing services in the light industrial staffing.(blue collar) areas.

 

Together with its subsidiaries, the Company provides staffing services through a network of branch offices located in several major metropolitan areas throughout the United States. The Company’s professional staffing services involve providing information technology, finance, accounting and office, engineering, and medical scribe professionals to clients on either a regular placement basis or a temporary contract basis. The Company’s industrial staffing business provides temporary staffing for light industrial clients, primarily in Ohio.

The Company’sOur contract and placement services are principally provided under two operating divisions or segments: Professional Staffing Services and Industrial Staffing Services.

 

3

Table of Contents

The Company’sOur operating subsidiaries and vertical or end markets served under each of its operating divisions are as follows:

 

3

Table of Contents

Professional Division

 

·

Access Data Consulting provides hard-to-find IT talent to customers on a direct hire or contract basis and human resources consulting services and solutions in the higher-end IT consulting and IT contract staffing servicesvertical including project management support to businesses regionally (Western and Southwestern U.S.) and, to a lesser extent, throughout the rest of the U.S.

 

 

 

·

Agile Resources delivers unique CIO advisory services, and IT project support and human resources solutions regionally (Southeastern U.S.) and, to a lesser extent, nationally in the areas of application architecture and delivery, enterprise operations, digital, information lifecycle management and project management all with flexible delivery options including contract staffing and direct hire.

 

 

 

·

Ashley Ellis works with C-suite and senior executives to offer full cycle engineering and IT contract staffing services, with a focus on business intelligence, application development and network infrastructure, to clients in the Southeastern U.S. region and, to a lesser extent, throughout the rest of the U.S.

 

 

 

·

General Employment Enterprises is the oldest brand andGEE Group (Columbus) primarily provides direct hire placements for Accountingplacement and Engineering,contract staffing services in the accounting and engineering verticals, with an emphasis on placing personnel with specialized skills in the mechanical, manufacturing and equipment maintenance areas to clients throughout the MidwestMidwestern U.S.

 

 

 

·

Omni One specializes in technical and professional direct-hire and contract staffing solutions forin the manufacturing and engineering verticals for clients primarily spread-out throughlocated in the MidwestMidwestern U.S.

 

 

 

·

Paladin Consulting primarily provides highly skilled IT Accountingprofessionals on a contract or direct hire basis directly to customers or through RPO, MSP and Human Resource contractVMS arrangements and other non-IT staffing through Resource Process Outsourcing (RPO), Managed Service Provider (MSP) and Vendor Management (VMS) capabilitiessolutions to customers nationwide including government contractors who require that the provider of staffing services have required security clearance; such security certification is maintained by Paladin Consulting.

 

 

 

·

Scribe Solutions provides Emergency Roomhospital and Physician Practicesfree-standing emergency rooms and physician practices in the Southeastern U.S. with highly trained medical scribes for personal assistant work in connection with electronic medical records (EMR)EMR.

 

 

 

·

SNI Companies provides recruitment and bothhuman resource solutions, including direct hire and contract staffing, project support and retained search services specializing primarily in Finance, Accountingthe accounting, finance, banking, IT and Office, Finance, Banking, and IT,office support verticals to eighteencustomers located in major U.S. metropolitan markets, such as Dallas/Fort Worth, Denver, Miami, Tampa, Jacksonville, Boston, Hartford and surrounding areas. SNI Companies’ brands include Accounting Now, Staffing Now®, SNI Banking, SNI Certes®, SNI Energy®, SNI Financial®, and SNI Technology®.

Industrial Division

 

·

Triad Staffing provides light industrial contract labor services for all phases of manufacturing and electronic assembly, warehousing, picking, packing and shipping and custodial and general labor operations throughout Ohio.

The percentage of revenues derived from each of the Company’s direct hire and contract services lines are as follows:

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Professional direct hire placement services

 

 

16.1%

 

 

12.8%

Professional contract services

 

 

74.2%

 

 

75.5%

Industrial contract services

 

 

9.7%

 

 

11.7%

4

Table of Contents

 

Business Strategy

 

GEE Group Inc.’sOur business strategy is multi-dimensional and encompasses both organic growth and growth through strategic acquisitions. Since 2015, the Company has completed four acquisitions, the most recent of which was SNI, which to date has been its largest. The main tenants of the Company’sour strategy are to:to grow organically by:

 

 

·

Provide

Providing innovative solutions for clients delivered through an enhanced and expanded menu of professional serviceservices offerings while increasing the penetration of clients in the Company’sour existing markets for our IT, finance and comprised of multiple specialties, including IT, Financeaccounting, healthcare, engineering and Accounting, Engineering, and Healthcare;office support verticals;

 

 

 

 

·

Enter fastest

Entering other fast growing markets following existing customers who are expanding their operations and cross-selling services by leveraging strategic customer relationships capitalizing on the Company’s national managed services agreements MSA, MSP and through geographic footprint expansion with a complete menu of service offerings;VMS relationships;

 

 

 

 

·

Create national wholesale division

Expanding our geographic footprint into key markets through both virtual and bricks and mortar de novo office openings;

·

Adding recruiting and sales talent to our existing delivery network to obtain new customers and increase the number of placements made to increase revenue;

·

Increasing scalability and expanding operating margins through the on-going process of streamlining back office operations, establishing and leveraging regional centers of excellence, improving upon per desk production averages, elimination of duplicative costs among our businesses, and continued realization of economies of scale; and

·

Capitalizing on hiring opportunities created by the economic downturn through providing on-demand labor to fill the personnel voids of businesses following corporate America’s reactions and resulting realignments since the on-set of the COVID-19 pandemic. As the economy recovers and companies have returned to sustained operations and growth, demand for our services has accelerated, with a particular focus on IT, E-Commerce and aggressively pursue MSP & VMS accounts;Logistics. We expect to continue to capitalize on these opportunities and to explore and innovate others, particularly in IT, including frontier areas such as digital content and information management disciplines.

Growth Through Strategic Acquisitions:

Since 2015, a significant portion of our growth has been achieved through acquisitions of complementary businesses. We intend to continue to expand our business through strategic acquisitions, subject to our business plans and management’s ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable acquisition or investment targets in both new and existing service categories. Along with our significant business growth to date, we have built a robust platform with the appropriate infrastructure and scalability, which we believe is necessary to assimilate acquisitions.

We continue to explore opportunities for potential acquisitions in the fragmented staffing industry. Our acquisition strategy includes, but is not limited to, targeting companies or transactions that we believe may have one or more of the following characteristics:

·

A focus on IT specialties and other verticals, including cyber security, government and targets in the professional services sectors;

·

A well-managed business with experienced operators and with high gross profit and EBITDA margins, as well as consistent revenue growth;

·

Limited enterprise risk and successful due diligence; and

 

 

 

 

·

Capitalize on commercial opportunities following shortages

Pricing commensurate with profitability and growth, must be accretive to earnings and consideration generally consisting of blue collar, office clericala combination of cash, seller and/or bank financing and service workers, as the current economy returns to sustained growth and with a particular focus on logistics and E-Commerce.stock.

 

 
45

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

The percentage of revenues derived from each of the Company’s direct hire and contract services lines are as follows:

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Professional direct hire placement services

 

 

11.8%

 

 

12.2%

Professional contract services

 

 

74.7%

 

 

73.5%

Industrial contract services

 

 

13.5%

 

 

14.3%

 

Marketing

 

The Company markets itsWe market our staffing services using itsour corporate and trade names in theirour respective vertical markets. As of September 30, 2020,2022, we operated thirtyfrom locations in eleven (11) states, including twenty-eight (28) branch offices in downtown or suburban areas of major U.S. cities in eleven states.and four (4) additional U.S. locations utilizing local staff members working remotely. We have offices or serve markets remotely, as follows; (i) one office located in each of Connecticut, Georgia, Minnesota, and New Jersey and Virginia,one remote local market presence in Virginia; (ii) two offices each in Illinois and Massachusetts; (iii) three offices in Colorado,Colorado; (iv) four offices and two additional local market presences in Texas; (v) six offices and one additional local market presence in Florida; and (vi) seven offices in Illinois and Massachusetts, four offices in Texas, seven offices each in Ohio and Florida.Ohio.

 

The Company markets itsWe market our staffing services to prospective clients primarily through telephone marketing by its recruitingthe use of the internet, specialty brands and corporate websites, digital direct mail campaigns, publishing annual electronic and widely distributed salary guides, advertising in tech, HR and accounting publications, attendance and booth displays at specialty trade shows, participation and membership in chambers of commerce and other business organizations, and support for our employees’ philanthropic activities. Our sales consultants and business development managers also engage in telephone marketing using our CRM tools to identify prospects, and through the mailing of tailored employment bulletins which list highly-skilled candidates available for placement and contract employees available for assignment.

 

There was no customer that represented more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenue in fiscal 20202022 or fiscal 2019.2021.

 

Competition

 

The staffing industry is highly competitive.fragmented with a multitude of competitors. There are relatively few barriers to entry by firms offering direct hire placement and staff augmentation services whilealthough significant amounts of working capital typically are required to fund the payroll of temporary workers for firms offeringbusinesses providing contract staffing services. The Company’sNew entrants to the staffing industry are constantly introduced to the marketplace. Our competitors include many sole-proprietorship operations, local and regional firms as well as regional and national organizations. In the U.S., large national firms have annual revenue of approximately $100 million and up to $10 billion. Local and regional firms’ yearly revenue can range from one to several million dollars or more. The largest portion of the marketplace consists of small, individual-sized or family-run operations. With low barriers to entry, sole proprietorships and smaller entities routinely enter the staffing industry. Many of themcompetitors are largelarger corporations with substantially greater resources than ours; however, as described below, we believe we are able to compete successfully in the Company.verticals and end markets in which we operate.

 

The Company’sOur professional and industrial staffing services compete effectively by providing highly qualified candidates who are well matched for the position, by developing and maintaining outstanding client relationships on a local level, by responding quickly to client requests, and by establishing offices and presences in convenient locations. As part of its service, the Company providesour services, we provide professional reference checking, scrutiny of candidates’ work experience and optional custom background checks. In general, the Company believeswe believe that a positive client experience is most important, and pricing often is secondary to quality of service as a competitive factor. During slow hiring periods, however, competition can put pressure on our pricing; however, we believe we are able to effectively compete on price in such situations.

6

Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are able to compete effectively in the Company’s pricing.staffing industry because we have:

·

Deep experience and vertical specialization and expertise in niche markets;

·

Invested in robust sales programs and marketing tools and technology and CRM software to successfully target and reach out to potential new customers;

·

Long-tenured division leaders, business development managers and vertical specialists (e.g., certified public accountants for accounting, tax and financial placements) with deep and relevant staffing industry experience;

·

Strong and proven capability to deliver outstanding results under significant time constraints on large-scale projects leveraging our wide office network and experienced project team leaders, including experience with MSP and VMS programs;

·

Well established strategies and procedures for both temporary and permanent virtual working and invested in technology to facilitate communication, recruiting, onboarding and management of the business virtually;

·

Specialized state-of-the-art databases, applicant tracking systems (“ATS”) and other technology tools that facilitate swift, expert matching of candidates to job requirements providing highly-qualified multiple choices to customers;

·

Localized decision-making and a lack of a multi-layered bureaucracy which provides for more rapid responses to customized client requests and a streamlined approval process in place for speedy recruitment of personnel; and

·

Hands-on training with specialized modules for newly hired recruiters and account management personnel.

 

Recruiting

 

The success of the Company’sour services is highly dependent on itsour ability to obtainrecruit and retain qualified candidates. Prospective employment candidates are generally recruited over thethrough job postings and contact made electronically using various internet tools as well as telephone contact by the Company’sour employment consultants or throughconsultants. For internet postings, on the Internet. For Internet postings, the Company maintains its ownwe maintain our corporate web page at www.geegroup.com and uses other Internetour specialty brand web pages in addition to extensive use of internet job posting bulletin board services. The Company maintainsWe also maintain database records of applicants’ skills through our ATS to assist in matching themapplicant skills with job openings and contract assignments. The CompanyWe generally screensscreen, interview and, interviewsin many cases background check, all applicants who are presented to our clients.

Industry Overview

The staffing industry is divided into three major segments: temporary staffing services, professional employer organizations (“PEOs”) and placement agencies. Temporary staffing services provide workers for limited periods, often to substitute for absent permanent workers or to help during periods of peak demand. These workers, who are often employees of the temporary staffing agency, will generally fill clerical, technical, or industrial positions. PEOs, sometimes referred to as employee leasing agencies, contract to provide workers to customers for specific functions, often related to human resource management. In many cases, a customer’s employees are hired by a PEO and then contracted back to the customer. Placement agencies, sometimes referred to as executive recruiters or headhunters, find workers to fill permanent positions at customer companies. These agencies may specialize in placing senior managers, mid-level managers, technical workers, or clerical and other support workers.

7

Table of Contents

Our business is mainly that of a temporary staffing company within the broader staffing industry, however, we also offer and provide permanent placement services in our Professional Staffing Services segment. We employ the substantial portion of our staff members we place on temporary assignments with our clients. In addition to assisting our clients in managing peaks and valleys in their staffing needs, the temporary workers we place come in the form of a broader human resources management solution. That is, our clients do not bear the usual employment risks and compliance burdens associated with our temporary workers; instead, we retain these costs and risks as the employer of record. We believe this is a significant value add for our temporary staffing clients.

Staffing companies identify potential candidates through online advertising and referrals, and interview, test and counsel workers before sending them to the customer for approval. Pre-employment screening can include skills assessment and reference checking, as well as drug tests and criminal background checks. The personnel staffing industry has been radically changed by the internet. Many employers list available positions with one or several internet personnel sites, such as those offered by firms like Monster or CareerBuilder, and on their own websites. Personnel agencies operate their own sites and often still work as intermediaries by helping employers accurately describe job openings and by screening candidates who submit applications.

Major end-use customers include businesses from virtually all industries. Marketing involves direct sales presentations, referrals from existing clients and advertising. Agencies compete both for customers and workers. Depending on market supply and demand at any given time, agencies may allocate more resources either to finding potential employers or potential workers. Permanent placement agencies work either on a retained or on a contingency basis. Clients may retain an agency for a specific job search or on contract for a specific period. Temporary staffing services charge customers a fixed price per hour or a standard markup on prevailing hourly rates.

For many staffing companies, including ours, demand is lower late in the fourth calendar quarter and early in the first calendar quarter, partly because of holidays, and is higher during the rest of the year. Staffing companies may have high receivables from customers. Temporary staffing agencies and PEOs must manage a high cash flow because they make payroll payments to their employees on behalf of client employers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because agencies must pay workers even if they have not been paid by clients.

The revenue of staffing companies depends on the number of jobs they fill, which in turn can depend upon the economic environment. During economic slowdowns, many client companies may slow down or stop hiring altogether. During the recent COVID-19 pandemic, many client companies closed their businesses and stopped hiring or contracting employees. Internet employment sites expand a Company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Staffing companies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of personnel agencies obsolete. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing agency.

To avoid large placement agency fees, big companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a financial incentive to avoid use of agencies.

Many staffing companies are small and may depend heavily on a big customer for a large portion of revenue. Large customer concentration may lead to increased revenue, but also expose agencies to higher risks. When major accounts experience financial hardships, and have less need for temporary employment services, agencies stand to lose large portions of revenue.

The loss of a staff member who handles a large volume of business may result in a large loss of revenue for a staffing company. Individual staff members, rather than the staffing company itself, often develop strong relationships with customers. Non-compete agreements are commonly used by staffing companies, however, staff members who move to another staffing company are often able to work around terms and conditions of their non-compete agreements and move customers with them.

8

Table of Contents

Some of the best opportunities for temporary employment are in industries traditionally active in seasonal cycles, such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. However, seasonal demand for workers also creates cash flow fluctuations throughout the year.

Staffing companies are subject to regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. Many federal anti-discrimination rules regulate the type of information that employment firms can request from candidates or provide to customers about candidates. In addition, the relationship between the agency and its clients.temporary employees, or its employee candidates may not always be clear, resulting in legal and regulatory uncertainty.

Trends in the Staffing Business

Start-up costs for a staffing company can be relatively low. Individual offices can be profitable and consolidation is driven by opportunities for large or growing agencies to develop national relationships with big customers or build resources and scale for future growth. Some agencies expand by starting new offices in promising markets, others prefer to buy existing independent offices with proven staff and an existing customer roster, while still others focus on both.

At some companies, temporary workers have become such a large part of the workforce that staffing company employees sometimes work at the customer’s site to recruit, train, and manage temporary employees. Staffing companies try to match the best qualified employees for the customer’s needs, but often provide additional training specific to that company, such as instruction in the use of proprietary software.

Some personnel consulting firms and human resource departments use psychological tests to evaluate potential job candidates. In addition to more comprehensive background checks, headhunters often check the credit history of prospective employees.

We believe the trends of outsourcing entire departments and dependence on temporary and leased workers will continue to expand creating opportunities for staffing companies. Taking advantage of their in-house expertise in assessing worker capabilities, some staffing companies manage their clients’ entire human resource functions. Human resources outsourcing (“HRO”) may include management of personnel and payroll administration, tax filings, and benefit administration services. HRO may also include recruitment process outsourcing (“RPO”), whereby an agency manages all recruitment activities for a client.

New online technology is improving staffing efficiency. For example, some online applications coordinate workflow for staffing agencies, their clients and temporary workers, and allow agencies and customers to share work order requests, submit and track candidates, approve timesheets and expenses, and run reports. Interaction between candidates and potential employers is increasingly being handled online.

Initially viewed as rivals, some Internet job-search companies and traditional employment agencies are now collaborating. While some Internet sites do not allow agencies to use their services to post jobs or look through resumes, others find that agencies are their biggest customers, earning the sites a large percentage of their revenue. Some staffing companies contract to help client employers find workers online.

Most recently, the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic has caused staffing companies to significantly rethink and alter their operations and, in some cases, even their fundamental business models. Staffing companies already have played a prominent if not leading role in recent new workplace trends, including flexible scheduling and remote work arrangements, as two significant examples. A natural result of the shutdowns, quarantines, social distancing and other COVID-19 guidelines is reinforcement of these types of newer workplace trends. Therefore, we expect that even as the threat of COVID-19 lessens, these workplace trends are likely to continue on and occupy a permanent place going forward.

9

Table of Contents

 

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2020,2022, the Company had approximately 258309 regular employees and the number of contract service employees varied weekmonth to weekmonth during fiscal 2022, from a minimum of approximately 1,5651,880 to a maximum of 2,631.2,579.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Illinois in 1962 and are the successor to employment offices doing business since 1893. Our principal executive offices are located at 7751 Belfort Parkway, Suite 150, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, and our telephone number at that location is (904) 512-7504.

 

Available Public Information

 

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The public may obtain these filings at the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web sitewebsite at http//www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding the Company and other companies that file material with the SEC electronically. Copies of the Company’s reports can be obtained, free of charge, electronically through our internet website, http//www.geegroup.com. Information on the Company’s website is not incorporated in this report by the foregoing reference.

 

 
510

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

WETHE U.S. ECONOMY CURRENTLY IS BEING NEGATIVELY IMPACTED BY HISTORICALLY SIGNIFICANT INFLATION, A LOOMING RESCESSION, AND DISRUPTIONS IN SUPPLY AND THE WORKFORCE; RECENT GLOBAL SOCIOECONOMIC TRENDS, INCLUDING THE WAR IN UKRAINE AND U.S. RELATIONS WITH CERTAIN FOREIGN POWERS MAY HAVE EXPERIENCED LOSSES FROM OPERATIONSA FURTHER ADVERSE EFFECT ON THE U.S. ECONOMY AND MAY NOT BE PROFITABLE IN THE FUTURE.OUR BUSINESS.

 

The Company experiencedU.S. and larger global economies are experiencing historically high inflation during 2022. The Federal Reserve and other Central Banks already have raised interest rates more aggressively and to their highest levels in the last four to five decades. As a result, the prospect for a recession is high and considered by many to be likely. Some sources have declared that the U.S. already is in a recession. Consumer prices, including basic costs of food, fuel, utilities, healthcare, mortgage and personal loan rates, and other non-discretionary and discretionary consumer items are up by high single digits. Wages are up, however, increases in wages lag price inflation resulting in a net lossesdecline in real personal incomes relative to consumer spending. Volatility continues to exist in the workforce making it more difficult and costly for employers to recruit, hire and/or retain workers. U.S. unemployment remains relatively low, however the years ended September 30, 2020labor utilization rate and 2019. Amongratio of workers to the consequencestotal population also remain low.  Shortages in the workforce are a significant factor in supply shortages relative to demand and also help fuel inflation. On the global stage, the invasion of Ukraine by Russia and escalation of overtures by China over Taiwan and the net losses experienced,South China Sea, also add instability to the uncertainty driving socioeconomic forces, which in turn, impact the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ operations.

The present conditions and state of our U.S and global economies make it difficult to predict whether and/or when and to what extent a recession has occurred or will occur in the near future. In the event of an occurring or worsening recession, as the case may be, in which the U.S. economy contracts, we expect that our business would be negatively impacted, accordingly. The Company has been requiredtaken significant actions to obtain amendmentsshore up its resources and waivers for missed covenants under its senior revolving credit, term loanmeans in order to weather a potential downturn in the economy; however, should a recession occur, or one already exists and security agreement. Other possible consequences of recurring net losses include, but are not limitedworsens in the future, one may expect either scenario to negative cash flows, asset impairments, defaults underhave an adverse effect on the Company’s debt agreements, and possibly, the inabilitybusiness of the Company and its subsidiaries.

THE NEGATIVE EFFECTS OF THE CORONAVIRUS PANDEMIC, CARES ACT REQUIREMENTS, AND TRENDS IN THE FINANCIAL MARKETS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS, LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL RESULTS.

Recent global socioeconomic conditions, including the negative effects of the Coronavirus Pandemic (“COVID-19”), and disruption of financial markets, severely affected our business and results of operations during fiscal 2020 and, although to continuea lesser extent, fiscal 2021. The negative effects initially limited our access to credit or equity capital, our ability to refinance debt and disrupted ours and our clients’ businesses. In fiscal 2021 and 2022, we were able to regain reasonable access to credit and equity capital markets, but also have continued to experience some lingering negative effects on our business operations in certain markets. 

The operations and liquidity of our operating assubsidiaries were severely impacted by COVID-19. As a going concern. Management has taken definitive actions to improve operations, reduce costsresult and improve operating profitability,out of necessity, in fiscal 2020, we applied for and positionobtained financial relief in the Companyform of funds received in exchange for future growth.promissory notes issued by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) and U.S. Treasury under the Payroll Protection Program of the CARES Act (“PPP loans”). The Company also is actively seeking replacement financingand eight of its operating subsidiaries received PPP loans, totaling $19,927 thousand, and have since applied for and received forgiveness of their respective PPP loans from the SBA. The forgiveness of these loans, including their respective accrued and unpaid interest amounts, have been recognized by eliminating them from the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with corresponding gains in consolidated income in fiscal 2021 and 2022.

The former PPP loans obtained by GEE Group Inc., and its operating subsidiaries together as an affiliated group, exceeded the $2 million audit threshold established by the SBA, and therefore, will be subject to audit by the SBA in the future. If any of the nine forgiven PPP loans are reinstated in whole or in part as the result of a view towards reducing its borrowing costsfuture audit, a charge or charges would be incurred, accordingly, and improving its netthey would need to be repaid. If the companies are unable to repay the portions of their PPP loans that ultimately may be reinstated from available liquidity or operating cash flow, and overall financial profile. However, there are no assurances thatwe may be required to raise additional equity or debt capital to repay the Company will be able to generate sufficient revenue to meet its operating expenditures or operate profitably in the future.PPP loans.

11

Table of Contents

 

THE TERMS OF OUR SENIOR CREDITBANK ASSET BACKED LOAN AGREEMENT MAY PLACE SOME RESTRICTIONS ON OUR OPERATING AND FINANCIAL FLEXIBILITY, AND FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH COVENANTS OR TO SATISFY CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT MAY RESULT IN ACCELERATION OF OUR REPAYMENT OBLIGATIONS, WHICH COULD SIGNIFICANTLY HARM OUR LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL CONDITION, OPERATING RESULTS, BUSINESS AND PROSPECTS AND CAUSE THE PRICE OF OUR SECURITIES TO DECLINE. THE COVENANTS CONTAINED IN OUR SENIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT ALSO INCLUDE THE REQUIREMENT THAT WE MAINTAIN SPECIFIC FINANCIAL RATIOS. IF WE CANNOT COMPLY WITH THESE COVENANTS, WE ALSO MAY BE IN DEFAULT UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

WeGEE Group Inc. and ourits subsidiaries, Agile Resources, Inc., Access Data Consulting Corporation, BMCH, Inc., GEE Group Portfolio, Inc., Paladin Consulting, Inc., Scribe Solutions, Inc., SNI Companies, Inc., Triad Personnel Services, Inc., and Triad Logistics, Inc. are parties toco-borrowers under a Revolving Credit, Term Loan, Security and SecurityGuaranty Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017, as amendedfor a $20 million asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility with CIT Bank, N.A. (the “Senior Credit Agreement”“CIT Facility”) with certain investment funds managed. The CIT Facility is collateralized by MGG Investment Group LP. Initial funds were distributed on April 3, 2017 to repay existing indebtedness, pay fees and expenses relating to the Credit Agreement, and to pay a portion100% of the purchase price for the acquisitionassets of the SNI Companies. UnderCompany and its subsidiaries who are co-borrowers and/or guarantors. The CIT Facility matures on the termsfifth anniversary of the Senior Credit Agreement, we may borrow up to $73,800 consisting of a term loan in the principal amount of $48,800 and revolving loans in a maximum amount up to the lesser of (i) $25,000 or (ii) an amount determined pursuant to a borrowing base that is calculated based on the outstanding amount of our eligible accounts receivable, as described in the Credit Agreement.closing date (May 14, 2026). The loans under the Credit Agreement mature on June 30, 2023. As of September 30, 2020, a total of approximately $54,474 was outstanding under the Senior Credit Agreement.

The Senior Credit AgreementCIT Facility contains some restrictions and limitations onthat might inhibit our ability to engage in certain activities and transactions that may otherwise be in our long-term best interests. The affirmative and negative covenants contained in the Credit Agreement that may adversely affect our ability to operate our business include covenants that limit and restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, transfer or sell certain assets, issue stock of subsidiaries, pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions with respect to our capital stock or make other restricted payments, incur or permit liens or other encumbrances on assets, make certain investments, loans and advances, acquire other businesses, merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets, enter into certain transactions with our affiliates and amend certain agreements.agreements, without amendment of the CIT facility or the express approval of CIT Bank. Under the CIT Facility, advances are subject to a borrowing base formula based on 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the Company and subsidiaries, as defined, and subject to certain other criteria, conditions, and applicable reserves, including any additional eligibility requirements as determined by the administrative agent. Although the stated face amount of the CIT Facility is $20 million, the borrowing base formula significantly limits amounts available for us to borrow.

 

The Credit Agreement also contains a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant, a senior leverage ratio covenant and a minimum EBITDA covenant. Events beyond our control could affect our ability to meet these and other covenants under the Senior Credit Agreement. The Senior Credit AgreementCIT Facility also contains customary events of default, including, among others, payment default, bankruptcy events, cross-default, breaches of covenants and representations and warranties, change of control and judgment defaults.

6

Table of Contents

A breach of any of these covenants could result in default under our Credit Agreement, which could prompt the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. In addition, a breach of the Credit Agreement would cause a cross-default of certain other indebtedness. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. If the lenders under the Credit Agreement accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot ensure that we will have sufficient assets and funds to repay the borrowings under the Credit Agreement and our other indebtedness. An acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness could have serious consequences to our financial condition, operating results, and business, and could cause us to become insolvent or enter bankruptcy proceedings.

 

Since the date of the Credit Agreement, we have sought and been granted waivers and amendments with respect to certain provisions of the Credit Agreement on ten occasions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to comply with the covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement in the future or, that any additional waivers with respect to these covenants would be granted by the lenders.

This indebtedness has important consequences for us and our shareholders, including the following:

requiring a substantial portion of cash flows from operating activities to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, and as a result, reducing our ability to use our cash flows to fund our operations and capital expenditures, capitalize on future business opportunities and expand our business and execute our strategy;

making it more difficult for us to make payments on the debt itself, if our business is unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities to meet our debt service obligations;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements and general, corporate or other purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions; and

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and reacting to competitive pressure and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

RECENT GLOBAL SOCIOECONOMIC TRENDS, INCLUDING THE NEGATIVE EFFECTS OF THE CORONAVIRUS PANDEMIC OF 2020, AND TRENDS IN THE FINANCIAL MARKETS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS, LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL RESULTS.

Recent global socioeconomic conditions, including the negative effects of the Coronavirus Pandemic of 2020 (“COVID-19”), and disruption of financial markets, could adversely affect our business and results of operations, primarily through limiting our access to credit or equity capital, our ability to refinance debt and disrupting our customers’ businesses, which are heavily dependent on retail and e-commerce transactions. Although we believe we ultimately will be able to obtain necessary financing in the future, there is no assurance that credit institutions or other creditors or investors will be able or willing to loan us or invest the necessary capital, which could have a material adverse impact on our business. In addition, continuation or worsening of negative socioeconomic conditions, including COVID -19, and their negative effects on general market conditions in the United States economy important to our businesses may adversely affect our customers’ level of spending and ability to make timely payments to us for our services, which could require us to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts, negatively impact our days sales outstanding and adversely affect our results of operations.

The operations and liquidity of our operating subsidiaries have been negatively impacted by COVID-19, and as a result, we were able to obtain financial relief in the form of funds received in exchange for promissory notes issued by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) and U.S. Treasury under the Payroll Protection Program of the CARES Act (“PPP loans”). The nine promissory notes have an aggregate face amount of $19,927, bear interest at 1% per annum and are unsecured. The CARES Act PPP loans and related accrued interest are eligible for forgiveness by the SBA, in whole or in part, based upon the usage of the proceeds for costs and expenses determined by the SBA to be allowable and eligible. Allowable costs and expenses, as defined by the SBA, broadly include payroll and certain payroll related expenses, lease costs, utilities, and interest on business mortgage loans. Allowable costs and expenses that are eligible for forgiveness include those incurred during the covered periods, as defined, after certain specified limitations and reductions based on changes in compensation and headcount levels during the covered periods, as defined.

7

Table of Contents

The Company’s operating subsidiaries believe they qualify for, and therefore, intend to apply for 100% forgiveness of their outstanding PPP loans and related accrued interest. However, the decision to forgive the Company’s PPP loans will ultimately be made by the SBA, considering a number of factors in addition to use of the proceeds for allowable and eligible costs and expenses, including the SBA’s views regarding the need and necessity for the loans. Therefore, there can be no assurance that such forgiveness will be granted, in whole or in part. The PPP loans obtained by GEE Group Inc. and its operating subsidiaries, as a public company and affiliated group, have exceeded $2,000 audit threshold established by the SBA, and therefore, will be subject to audit by the SBA.

If the Company and its operating subsidiaries are unable to achieve forgiveness of their PPP loans from the SBA, in whole or in part, they will be required to repay the loans on an instalment basis over twenty-four (24) months beginning approximately ten (10) months after the end of their respective covered periods. If the companies are unable to repay the portions of their PPP loans that are not forgiven from available liquidity or operating cash flow, they may be required to raise additional equity or debt capital to repay the PPP loans.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO GENERATE OR BORROW SUFFICIENT CASH TO MAKE PAYMENTS ON OUR INDEBTEDNESS INCLUDING OUR CARES ACT PPP LOANS, OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION WOULD BE MATERIALLY HARMED, OUR BUSINESS COULD FAIL AND OUR SHAREHOLDERS MAY LOSE ALL OF THEIR INVESTMENT.

 

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our obligations will depend onis dependent upon our financial and operating performance, which will beis affected by economic, financial, competitive, business, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. WeWhile we believe we will be able to meet our liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future and for at least the next twelve months, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity or sell certain of our assets.maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

 

12

We are currently seeking to refinance our outstanding indebtedness. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully refinance our indebtedness on terms that are favorable to us or at all.

Table of Contents

 

THE COMPANY HAS MATERIAL INTANGIBLE ASSETS, INCLUDING GOODWILL, CUSTOMER LISTS, TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES. THESE ASSETS ARE SUBJECT TO IMPAIRMENT RISKS, WHICH COULD RESULT IN FUTURE MATERIAL IMPAIRMENT CHARGES TO INCOME AND NEGATIVELY IMPACTING THE FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS AND FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Company is required to evaluate its goodwill annually or when one or more triggering events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. The other long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, have to be tested for impairment only when triggering events occur or circumstances indicate that these assets might be impaired. As a result, theThe Company has recognized significant impairments of its goodwill, inincluding most recently during the first quarter of its fiscal 2020 and 2019.year ended September 30, 2022. In testing for impairments, management applies one or more valuation techniques to estimate the fair values of the reporting units, individual assets or groups of individual assets, as required under the circumstances. These valuation techniques rely on assumptions and other factors, such as the estimated future cash flows, the discount rates used to determine the present value of associated cash flows, and the market comparable assumptions. These assumptions and factors require significant judgement by the Company in their development. Changes to input assumptions and other factors used or considered in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of impairment.

 

The valuation techniques utilized by management, for impairment testing, including estimated future cash flows, fundamentally include the inherent underlying assumption that the economy, the markets served by the Company, and the Company itself, will continue to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic in fiscal 2021, 2022 and beyond.grow. In the event the assumptions relied upon by management are not achieved, including assumed future growth rates, as a result of the prolonged impact of COVID-19 pandemic impairments of goodwill or other long-lived assets could be recorded and such amounts could be material to the consolidated financial statements. A reduction in the projected long-term operating performance of one or both of the Company’s reporting units or other long-lived assets, future market declines, changes in discount rates or other conditions also could result in material impairments in the future. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Company’s goodwill or other long-lived assets will not become impaired in the future.

 

WE HAVE SIGNIFICANT WORKING CAPITAL NEEDS AND IF WE ARE UNABLE TO SATISFY THOSE NEEDS FROM CASH GENERATED FROM OUR OPERATIONS OR BORROWINGS UNDER OUR DEBT INSTRUMENTS, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO CONTINUE OUR OPERATIONS.

We require significant amounts of working capital to operate our business. We often have high receivables from our customers, and as a staffing company, we are prone to cash flow imbalances because we have to fund payroll payments to temporary workers before receiving payments from clients for our services. If we experience a significant and sustained drop in operating profits, or if there are unanticipated reductions in cash inflows or increases in cash outlays, we may be subject to cash shortfalls. If a sustained shortfall were to occur, it could have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, we use working capital to fund expenses relating to our temporary workers and our other operating expenses and liabilities. As a result, we must maintain sufficient cash availability to pay temporary workers and fund related tax liabilities prior to receiving payment from customers.

In addition, our operating results tend to be unpredictable from quarter to quarter. Demand for our services is typically lower during traditional national vacation periods in the United States when customers and candidates are on vacation. No single quarter is predictive of results of future periods. Any extended period of time with low operating results or cash flow imbalances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive working capital for our operations through cash generated by our operating activities and borrowings under our debt instruments. If our working capital needs increase in the future, we may be forced to seek additional sources of capital, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. The amount we are entitled to borrow under our debt instruments is calculated monthly based on the aggregate value of certain eligible trade accounts receivable generated from our operations, which are affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, as well as by the daily timing of cash collections and cash outflows. The aggregate value of our eligible accounts receivable may not be adequate to allow for borrowings for other corporate purposes, such as capital expenditures or growth opportunities, which could reduce our ability to react to changes in the market or industry conditions.

 
813

Table of Contents

OUR REVENUE CAN VARY BECAUSE OUR CUSTOMERS CAN TERMINATE THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH US AT ANY TIME WITH LIMITED OR NO PENALTY.

We focus on providing mid-level professionals and light industrial personnel on a temporary assignment-by-assignment basis, which customers can generally terminate at any time or reduce their level of use when compared to prior periods. To avoid large placement agency fees, large companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge fees as a mark-up to the hourly pay rate or based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill may have a large financial incentive to avoid agencies.

Our business is also significantly affected by our customers’ hiring needs and their views of their future prospects. Our customers may, on very short notice, terminate, reduce or postpone their recruiting assignments with us and, therefore, affect demand for our services. As a result, a significant number of our customers can terminate their agreements with us at any time, making us particularly vulnerable to a significant decrease in revenue within a short period of time that could be difficult to quickly replace. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

MOST OF OUR CONTRACTS DO NOT OBLIGATE OUR CUSTOMERS TO UTILIZE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF OUR STAFFING SERVICES AND MAY BE CANCELLED ON LIMITED NOTICE, SO OUR REVENUE STREAM MAY BE INCONSISTENT AND IS NOT GUARANTEED.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from multi-year contracts that are terminable for convenience of the customer. Under our multi-year agreements, we contract to provide customers with staffing services through work or service orders at the customers’ request. Under these agreements, our customers often have little or no obligation to request our staffing services. In addition, most of our contracts are cancellable on limited notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. We may hire employees permanently to meet anticipated demand for services under these agreements that may ultimately be delayed or cancelled. We could face a significant decline in revenues and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:

·

we see a significant decline in the staffing services requested from us under our service agreements; or

Table

·

our customers cancel or defer a significant number of Contentsstaffing requests; or our existing customer agreements expire or lapse and we cannot replace them with similar agreements.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO RETAIN A BROAD GROUP OF EXISTING CUSTOMERS, LOSE ONE OR MORE SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS, OR FAIL TO ATTRACT NEW CUSTOMERS, OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS COULD SUFFER.

Increasing the growth and profitability of our business is particularly dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers and capture additional customers. Our ability to do so is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality services and offer competitive prices. If we are unable to execute these tasks effectively, we may not be able to attract a significant number of new customers and our existing customer base could decrease, including the loss of a significant customer, either or all of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION OF OUR CURRENT BUSINESS AND REVENUE MODEL COULD HURT SHORT-TERM RESULTS.

Our present business and revenue model represents the current view of the optimal business and revenue structure, which is to derive revenues and achieve profitability in the shortest period. There can be no assurance that current models will not be altered significantly or replaced with an alternative model that is driven by motivations other than near-term revenues and/or profitability (for example, building market share before our competitors). Any such alteration or replacement of our current business and revenue model may ultimately result in the deferring of certain revenues in favor of potentially establishing larger market share. We cannot assure that any adjustment or change in the business and revenue model would prove to be successful whether adopted in response to industry changes or for other reasons.

14

Table of Contents

WE DEPEND ON OUR SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM AND THE LOSS OF ONE OR MORE KEY EMPLOYEES OR AN INABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN HIGHLY SKILLED EMPLOYEES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers. We rely on our leadership team for research and development, marketing, sales, services, and general and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors. From time to time, our executive management team may change from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period; therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees (including any limitation on the performance of their duties or short term or long-term absences as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic) could have a serious adverse effect on our business.

To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for experienced software engineers and senior sales executives. If we are unable to attract such personnel in cities where we are located, we may need to hire in other locations, which may add to the complexity and costs of our business operations. We expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Extended stay-at-home, business closure, and other restrictive orders may impact our ability to identify, hire, and train new personnel. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, it could adversely affect our business and future growth prospects.

 

WE DEPEND ON ATTRACTING, INTEGRATING, MANAGING, AND RETAINING QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.

 

Our success depends upon our ability to attract, integrate, manage and retain personnel who possess the skills and experience necessary to fulfill our clients’ needs. Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel could be impaired by any diminution of our reputation, decrease in compensation levels relative to our competitors or modifications to our total compensation philosophy or competitor hiring programs. If we cannot attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be negatively impacted. Our future success also depends upon our ability to manage the performance of our personnel. Failure to successfully manage the performance of our personnel could affect our profitability by causing operating inefficiencies that could increase operating expenses and reduce operating income.

 

WE DEPEND ON OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN QUALIFIED TEMPORARY WORKERS.

In addition to the members of our own team, our success is substantially dependent on our ability to recruit and retain large numbers of qualified temporary workers who possess the skills and experience necessary to meet the staffing requirements of our customers. We are required to continually evaluate our base of available qualified personnel to keep pace with changing customer needs. Competition for individuals with proven professional skills is intense, and demand for these individuals is expected to remain strong for the foreseeable future.

15

Table of Contents

Since the onset of the COIVD-19 pandemic, the U.S. workforce has not yet fully recovered to employment levels prior to the pandemic. It is presently estimated by some that as many as 11 million former employees that left the U.S. workforce during the pandemic, have not yet re-entered the workforce, or may have re-entered the workforce temporarily. The later volatility in employment, referred to in the media as the “big resignation,” has created challenge to the Company’s and other U.S. staffing firms’ ability to fill placement orders from clients. It is uncertain as of now as to how this trend will ultimately unfold. There can be no assurance that qualified personnel will continue to be available.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.EFFECTIVELY WITH OUR EXISTING AND POTENTIAL COMPETITORS.

 

Competition in the market for placement and staffing services is intense. The Company faces competition from many larger, more established companies. In addition, other companies could seek to introduce competing services and increased competition could result in a decrease in the price charged by the Company’s competitors for their services and reduce demand for the Company’s products and services, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully with its existing or potential competitors, which may have substantially greater financial, technical, and marketing resources, longer operating histories, greater name recognition or more established relationships in the industry than the Company. If any of these competitors provides competitive services to the marketplace in the future, the Company cannot be sure that it will have the resources or expertise to compete successfully.

 

WE OPERATE IN AN INTENSELY COMPETITIVE AND RAPIDLY CHANGING BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT, AND THERE IS A SUBSTANTIAL RISK THAT OUR SERVICES COULD BECOME OBSOLETE OR UNCOMPETITIVE.

The markets for our services are highly competitive. Our markets are characterized by pressures to provide high levels of service, incorporate new capabilities and technologies, accelerate job completion schedules and reduce prices. Furthermore, we face competition from a number of sources, including other executive search firms and professional search, staffing and consulting firms. Several of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do. New and existing competitors are aided by technology, and the market has low barriers to entry. Furthermore, Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Personnel agencies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of staffing companies obsolete. Specifically, the increased use of the internet may attract technology-oriented companies to the professional staffing industry. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing company.

Our future success will depend largely upon our ability to anticipate and keep pace with those developments and advances. Current or future competitors could develop alternative capabilities and technologies that are more effective, easier to use or more economical than our services. In addition, we believe that, with continuing development and increased availability of IT, the industries in which we compete may attract new competitors. If our capabilities and technologies become obsolete or uncompetitive, our related sales and revenue would decrease. Due to competition, we may experience reduced margins on our services, loss of market share, and loss of customers. If we are not able to compete effectively with current or future competitors as a result of these and other factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

CHANGES IN GOVERNMENT REGULATION COULD LIMIT OUR GROWTH OR RESULT IN ADDITIONAL COSTS OF DOING BUSINESS.

 

We are subject to the same federal, state, and local laws as other companies conducting placement and staffing services, which are extensive. The adoption or modification of laws that affect the placement and staffing industry, including but not limited to, Federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to labor and minimum wages, workplace standards and safety, workers compensation laws, independent contractor status, the Family Medical Leave Act, Affordable Care Act, and others could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition by increasing our costs and administrative burdens.

 

INTERRUPTION OF THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS COULD RESULT FROM INCREASED SECURITY MEASURES IN RESPONSE TO TERRORISM.

The continued threat of terrorism within the United States and the ongoing military action and heightened security measures in response to such threat has and may cause significant disruption to commerce. The U.S. economy in general is being adversely affected by terrorist activities and potential activities. Any economic downturn could adversely impact the Company’s results of operations, impair the Company’s ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s ability to grow the business. It is impossible to predict how this may affect the Company’s business or the economy in the U.S. and in the world. In the event of further threats or acts of terrorism, the Company’s business and operations may be severely and adversely affected.

SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION OF THE COMPANY’S CURRENT BUSINESS AND REVENUE MODEL COULD HURT SHORT-TERM RESULTS.

The Company’s present business and revenue model represents the current view of the optimal business and revenue structure, which is to derive revenues and achieve profitability in the shortest period. There can be no assurance that current models will not be altered significantly or replaced with an alternative model that is driven by motivations other than near-term revenues and/or profitability (for example, building market share before the Company’s competitors). Any such alteration or replacement of the Company’s current business and revenue model may ultimately result in the deferring of certain revenues in favor of potentially establishing larger market share. The Company cannot assure that any adjustment or change in the business and revenue model would prove to be successful whether adopted in response to industry changes or for other reasons.

 
916

Table of Contents

THE REQUIREMENTS OF BEING A PUBLIC COMPANY MAY STRAIN OUR RESOURCES AND DISTRACT MANAGEMENT.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). These requirements are extensive. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting.

We incur significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and costs associated with applicable corporate governance requirements. These applicable rules and regulations significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly than privately owned companies that are not SEC registrants. This also may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which must be balanced so as not to cause material adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also believe compliance risks associated with these rules and regulations tend to make it more difficult and expensive to obtain director and officer liability insurance and could result in our need to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

FAILURE TO ACHIEVE AND MAINTAIN EFFECTIVE INTERNAL CONTROLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 404 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATING RESULTS. IN ADDITION, CURRENT AND POTENTIAL STOCKHOLDERS COULD LOSE CONFIDENCE IN OUR FINANCIAL REPORTING, WHICH COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR STOCK PRICE.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results could be harmed. We are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time; we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

We cannot provide assurance beyond the reasonable assurance standards established for internal controls, in general, as to the result of these efforts. We cannot be certain that any measures we take will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate internal controls in the future. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

10

Table of Contents

A MORE ACTIVE, LIQUID TRADING MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK MAY NOT DEVELOP, AND THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY.

Although our common stock is listed on the NYSE American, we cannot assure you that an active public market will develop for our common stock. There has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock, and a more active, liquid public trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. Limited liquidity in the trading market for our common stock may adversely affect a stockholder’s ability to sell its shares of common stock at the time it wishes to sell them or at a price that it considers acceptable. If a more active, liquid public trading market does not develop, we may be limited in our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. In addition, if there is a thin trading market or “float” for our stock, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole. Without a large enough float, our common stock would be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership and, as a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile. Furthermore, the stock market is subject to significant price and volume fluctuations, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate widely in response to several factors, including:

our quarterly or annual operating results;

pending or recently completed acquisitions;

Table of Contents

investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or our industry;

additions or departures of key personnel;

changes in the business, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors;

our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts’ projections;

changes in industry, general market or economic conditions; and

announcements of legislative or regulatory changes.

The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years that have significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our Company and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.

NO DIVIDENDS ANTICIPATED.

We intend to retain all future earnings for use in the development of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near future.

 

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY ADDITIONAL FINANCING TO ACHIEVE OUR STRATEGIC GOALS.

 

There is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain any additional financing that may be required to continue to expand our business. Our continued viability depends on our ability to raise capital. Changes in economic, regulatory or competitive conditions may lead to cost increases. Management may also determine that it is in our best interest to expand more rapidly than currently intended, to expand marketing activities, to develop new or enhance existing services or products, to respond to competitive pressures or to acquire complementary services, businesses or technologies. In any such case or other change of circumstance, additional financing will be necessary. If any additional financing is required, there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain such additional financing on terms acceptable to us and at times required by us, if at all. In such event, we may be required to materially alter our business plan or curtail all or a part of our expansion plans.

 

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MANAGE EXPECTED GROWTH AND INTERNAL EXPANSION.

 

Our inability to manage growth could hurt our results of operations. Expansion of our operations will be required to address anticipated growth of our customer base and market opportunities. Expansion will place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. We will need to improveenhance existing procedures and controls as well as implement new transaction processing, operational and financial systems, procedures and controls to expand, train and manage our employee base. Our failure to manage growth effectively could have a damaging effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

11

Table of Contents

WE ARE DEPENDENT UPON TECHNOLOGY SERVICES, AND IF WE EXPERIENCE DAMAGE, SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS OR FAILURES IN OUR COMPUTER AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, OUR EXISTING CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS AND OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT NEW CUSTOMERS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

Our business could be interrupted by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, and we may lose data. Our customers’ businesses may be adversely affected by any system or equipment failure we experience. As a result of any of the foregoing, our relationships with our customers may be impaired, we may lose customers, our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected and we could be exposed to contractual liability. Precautions in place to protect us from, or minimize the effect of, such events may not be adequate. If an interruption by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems occurs, we could be liable and the market perception of our services could be harmed.

 

WE COULD BE HARMED BY IMPROPER DISCLOSURE OR LOSS OF SENSITIVE OR CONFIDENTIAL COMPANY, EMPLOYEE, ASSOCIATE OR CLIENT DATA, INCLUDING PERSONAL DATA, BY EMPLOYEE ERROR AND/OR CYBER RISKS.

 

In connection with the operation of our business, we store, process and transmit a large amount of data, including personnel and payment information, about our employees, clients, associates and candidates, a portion of which is confidential and/or personally sensitive. In doing so, we rely on our own technology and systems, and those of third-party vendors we use for a variety of processes. We and our third-party vendors have established policies and procedures to help protect the security and privacy of this information. Unauthorized disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential data may occur through a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers, hackers, members of organized crime and/or state-sponsored organizations, who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs.

 

17

Table of Contents

Such disclosure, loss or breach could harm our reputation and subject us to government sanctions and liability under our contracts and laws that protect sensitive or personal data and confidential information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. It is possible that security controls over sensitive or confidential data and other practices we and our third-party vendors follow may not prevent the improper access to, disclosure of, or loss of such information. The potential risk of security breaches and cyberattacks may increase as we introduce new services and offerings, such as mobile technology. Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions in which we provide services. Any failure or perceived failure to successfully manage the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy related matters, or any failure to comply with changing regulatory requirements in this area, could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace.

 

WE RECENTLY EXPERIENCED A NETWORK SECURITY INCIDENT AFFECTING OUR IT NETWORK, INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND STORED INFORMATION. NETWORK SECURITY INCIDENTS AFFECTING OUR SYSTEMS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SUCH AS THIS ONE OR OTHERS COULD ADVERSELY IMPACT OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE AND HAVE WIDER-REACHING MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECTS ON OUR BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL POSITION AND RESULTS.

On February 1, 2022, the Company detected and stopped a network security incident. An unauthorized third party gained access into our network, encrypted various systems, and demanded money to decrypt the affected systems and to delete and not publicly release stolen information. The Company’s IT professionals immediately disconnected and isolated the affected systems to prevent any further compromise. The senior executive management team was immediately notified who in turn reported the network security incident to the Company’s Audit Committee chairman who has board oversight authority for these types of matters. The Company’s audit committee and board of directors were fully briefed and a special committee of the board of directors was appointed to assist and oversee management in the investigations, response and full remediation of the incident. The Company engaged third party cyber security experts to assist its internal IT professionals and conducted a comprehensive investigation to determine the extent of the unauthorized activity. The Company also notified law enforcement and its cyber liability insurance carrier about the incident.

The Company’s investigation determined that the unauthorized third party acquired a relatively small amount of data maintained on the encrypted servers, to include in some cases, individual personal information such as names, social security numbers, passport and driver license information. Our forensic investigation has been concluded and we believe we have reasonably determined the scope of the incident. Individuals affected by this incident are in the process of being notified in accordance with applicable state and federal laws. The cost of investigating and resolving the incident has been immaterial. Based on what management and the Company’s third-party cyber security experts have determined in their investigation, the Company also does not foresee this incident having any future material detrimental effect on our business or financial position. The Company has in place cyber liability insurance coverage, subject to certain policy limitations and deductibles. The Company had also immediately notified the cyber insurance carrier of the network security incident, who worked with management and the Company’s third-party cyber security experts on this matter.

The Company’s network environment is fully operational and additional security measures have been added and/or are being evaluated to prevent further intrusions. The Company has not observed any additional malicious activity on the network to date. The Company’s operations were only minimally impacted by the incident, and we were able to serve our clients and other stakeholders without issue throughout.

OUR STRATEGY OF GROWING THROUGH ACQUISITIONS MAY BE IMPEDED BY A LACK OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES AND IMPACT OUR BUSINESS IN UNEXPECTED WAYS. WE COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES.ACQUISITIONS.

 

We intend to expand our business through acquisitions of or investments in joint ventures with, complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, subject to our business plans and management’s ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable acquisition or investment targets in both new and existing service categories. In certain circumstances, acceptable acquisition or investment targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including: (1) difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including, consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure; (2) potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations; (3) difficulty entering markets in which we havebut not limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position; (4) difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided; (5) potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses; (6) overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements; (7) increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets; (8) challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business; (9) failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and (10) to:

18

Table of Contents

·

difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure;

·

potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations;

·

difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position;

·

difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided;

·

impact of liabilities of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence;

·

failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single supplier or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition;

·

impacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives;

·

internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies may be inadequate or ineffective;

·

overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements;

·

increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets;

·

challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business;

·

failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and

·

loss of customers and a failure to integrate customer bases.

 

In addition, if we incur indebtedness to finance an acquisition, it may reduce our capacity to borrow additional amounts and requiring us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the cash resources available to us to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new business initiatives and meet general corporate and working capital needs. This increased indebtedness may also limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry.

 

The use of our common stock or other securities (including those that might be convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock) to finance any such acquisition may also result in dilution of our existing shareholders.

 

The potential risks associated with recent and future acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

 
1219

Table of Contents

WE MAY BE EXPOSED TO EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS AND LOSSES, INCLUDING CLASS ACTION LAWSUITS, WHICH COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS.

We employ people internally and in the workplaces of other businesses. Many of these individuals have access to client information systems and confidential information. The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:

·

discrimination and harassment;

Table

·

wrongful termination or denial of Contentsemployment;

·

violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues;

·

classification of temporary workers;

·

assignment of illegal aliens;

·

violations of wage and hour requirements;

·

retroactive entitlement to temporary worker benefits;

·

errors and omissions by our temporary workers;

·

release, misuse or appropriation of client intellectual property, or other confidential or other property or proprietary information;

·

misappropriation of funds;

·

cybersecurity breaches affecting our clients and/or us;

·

damage to customer facilities due to negligence of temporary workers; and

·

criminal misconduct or illegal activity by our temporary workers.

We may incur fines and other losses or negative publicity with respect to these problems and claims. Such claims may result in negative publicity, injunctive relief, criminal investigations and/or charges, payment by us of monetary damages or fines, or other material adverse effects on our business. In addition, these claims may give rise to litigation, which could be time-consuming and expensive. New employment and labor laws and regulations may be proposed or adopted that may increase the potential exposure of employers to employment-related claims and litigation. There can be no assurance that the corporate policies we have in place to help reduce our exposure to these risks will be effective or that we will not experience losses as a result of these risks. There can also be no assurance that the insurance policies we have purchased to insure against certain risks will be adequate or that insurance coverage will remain available on reasonable terms or be sufficient in amount or scope of coverage.

 

WE FACE SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYMENT-RELATED LEGAL RISK.

 

We employ people internally and in the workplaces of other businesses. Many of these individuals have access to client information systems and confidential information. An inherent risk of such activity includes possible claims of errors and omissions; intentional misconduct; release, misuse or misappropriation of client intellectual property, confidential information, funds, or other property; cyber security breaches affecting our clients and/or us; discrimination and harassment claims; employment of illegal aliens; criminal activity; torts; or other claims. Such claims may result in negative publicity, injunctive relief, criminal investigations and/or charges, civil litigation, payment by us of monetary damages or fines, or other material adverse effects on our business.

20

Table of Contents

 

OUR ABILITY TO UTILIZE OUR NET OPERATING CARRYFORWARDS AND CERTAIN OTHER TAX ATTRIBUTES MAY BE LIMITED.

 

Federal and state tax laws impose restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss (“NOL”) and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an “ownership change” as defined by section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 382”). Generally, an ownership change occurs if the percentage of the value of the stock that is owned by one or more direct or indirect “five percent shareholders” increases by more than 50% over their lowest ownership percentage at any time during the applicable testing period (typically, three years).

 

Under Section 382, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have not completed a study to assess whether an “ownership change” has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since we became a “loss corporation” as defined in Section 382. Future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an “ownership change”. In addition, future equity offerings or acquisitions that have equity as a component of the purchase price could result in an “ownership change.” If an “ownership change” has occurred or does occur in the future, utilization of the NOL carryforwards or other tax attributes may be limited, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

 

THE MARKET PRICE OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN VOLATILE, WHICH COULD CAUSE THE VALUE OF YOUR INVESTMENT TO DECLINE. A MORE ACTIVE, LIQUID TRADING MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK MAY NOT DEVELOP, AND THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY.

The market price of our common stock has been highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. The securities markets have experienced significant volatility as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Market volatility, as well as general economic, market, or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common stock regardless of our operating performance.

Although our common stock is listed on the NYSE American, we cannot assure you that an active public market will develop for our common stock. There has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock, and a more active, liquid public trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. Limited liquidity in the trading market for our common stock may adversely affect a shareholder’s ability to sell its shares of common stock at the time it wishes to sell them or at a price that it considers acceptable. If a more active, liquid public trading market does not develop, we may be limited in our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. In addition, if there is a thin trading market or “float” for our stock, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole. Without a large enough float, our common stock would be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership and, as a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile. Furthermore, the stock market is subject to significant price and volume fluctuations, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate widely in response to several factors, including:

·

our quarterly or annual operating results and financial position;

·

adverse market reaction to our indebtedness;

·

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our management, employees, partners, customers, and operating results;

·

announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

·

litigation and government investigations;

·

pending or recently completed acquisitions;

21

Table of Contents

·

investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or our industry;

·

additions or departures of key personnel;

·

changes in the business, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors;

·

our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts’ projections;

·

changes in industry, general market or economic conditions; and

·

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement of laws or regulations affecting our business.

In response, the market price of shares of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of common stock at or above the public offering price.

Following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

OUR COMMON STOCK COULD BE DELISTED FROM THE NYSE AMERICAN IF WE DO NOT MEET ITS CONTINUED LISTING REQUIREMENTS.

The NYSE American has established certain standards for the continued listing of a security on the NYSE American. There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet these standards in the future to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NYSE American. Factors that could have an impact on our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on NYSE American include the status of the market for our common stock at the time, our reported results of operations in future periods, and general economic, market and industry conditions.

If we are delisted from the NYSE American, our common stock may be eligible for trading on an over-the-counter market. In the event that we are not able to obtain a listing on another stock exchange or quotation service for our common stock, it may be extremely difficult or impossible for shareholders to sell their common stock. Moreover, if we are delisted from the NYSE American, but obtain a substitute listing for our common stock, it will likely be on a market with less liquidity, and therefore experience potentially more price volatility than experienced on the NYSE American. Shareholders may not be able to sell their common stock on any such substitute. market in the quantities, at the times, or at the prices that could potentially be available on a more liquid trading market. As a result of these factors, if our common stock is delisted from Nasdaq, the price of our common stock is likely to decline. A delisting of our common stock from the NYSE American could also adversely affect our ability to obtain financing for our operations and/or result in a loss of confidence by investors, or employees.

WE HAVE NO CURRENT PLANS TO PAY CASH DIVIDENDS ON OUR COMMON STOCK; AS A RESULT, YOU MAY NOT RECEIVE ANY RETURN ON INVESTMENT UNLESS YOU SELL YOUR COMMON STOCK FOR A PRICE GREATER THAN THAT WHICH YOU PAID FOR IT.

We intend to retain all future earnings for use in the development of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws. It will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is restricted by the terms of our debt financing arrangements, and any future debt financing arrangement likely will contain terms restricting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

22

Table of Contents

THERE MAY BE FUTURE SALES OF OUR SECURITIES OR OTHER DILUTION OF OUR EQUITY, WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to finance our operations, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate our product development efforts or other operations.

We have had recurring losses from operations, negative operating cash flow in the past and have an accumulated deficit. We have had to raise additional funds in order to continue financing our operations and may have to in the future. If additional capital is not available to us when needed or on acceptable terms, we may not be able to continue to operate our business pursuant to our business plan or we may have to discontinue our operations entirely. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or equity-backed securities may dilute our shareholders’ ownership percentages and could also result in a decrease in the market value of our equity securities. The terms of any securities issued by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which may have a further dilutive effect on the holders of any of our securities then outstanding.

If we are unable to secure additional funds when needed or on acceptable terms, we may be required to defer, reduce or eliminate significant planned expenditures, restructure, curtail or eliminate some or all of our operations, dispose of technology or assets, pursue an acquisition of our company by a third party at a price that may result in a loss on investment for our shareholders, file for bankruptcy or cease operations altogether. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, if we are unable to obtain additional funds on a timely basis, there will be substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and increased risk of insolvency and up to a total loss of investment by our shareholders.

PROVISIONS IN OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, AS AMENDED, OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS, AS AMENDED AND ILLINOIS LAW MIGHT DISCOURAGE, DELAY OR PREVENT A CHANGE IN CONTROL OF OUR COMPANY OR CHANGES IN OUR MANAGEMENT AND, THEREFORE, DEPRESS THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, as amended, our amended and restated by-laws, as amended, and Illinois law may have the effect of deterring unsolicited takeovers or delaying or preventing a change in control of our company or changes in our management, including transactions in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then current market prices. In addition, these provisions may limit the ability of shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interests. These provisions include:

·

restrictions on the ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders. Special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, our president, a majority of the members of the board of directors, or by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 20% of the votes at the special meeting;

·

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without shareholder approval, which could include the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control or could be used to institute a rights plan, also known as a poison pill, that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors; and

·

restrictions pursuant to the Illinois Business Corporation Act (the “IBCA”) that prohibit a publicly held Illinois corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares that resulted in a shareholder becoming an interested shareholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. Generally, an “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for our stock.

23

Table of Contents

The existence of the forgoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

IF SECURITIES OR INDUSTRY ANALYSTS DO NOT PUBLISH OR CEASE PUBLISHING RESEARCH OR REPORTS ABOUT US, OUR BUSINESS OR OUR MARKET, OR IF THEY CHANGE THEIR RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING OUR STOCK ADVERSELY, OUR STOCK PRICE AND TRADING VOLUME COULD DECLINE.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

A POSSIBLE “SHORT SQUEEZE” DUE TO A SUDDEN INCREASE IN DEMAND OF OUR COMMON STOCK THAT LARGELY EXCEEDS SUPPLY MAY LEAD TO FURTHER PRICE VOLATILITY IN OUR COMMON STOCK.

Investors may purchase our common stock to hedge existing exposure in our common stock or to speculate on the price of our common stock. Speculation on the price of our common stock may involve long and short exposures. To the extent aggregate short exposure exceeds the number of shares of our common stock available for purchase in the open market, investors with short exposure may have to pay a premium to repurchase our common stock for delivery to lenders of our common stock. Those repurchases may in turn, dramatically increase the price of our common stock until investors with short exposure are able to purchase additional common shares to cover their short position. This is often referred to as a “short squeeze.” A short squeeze could lead to volatile price movements in our common stock that are not directly correlated to the performance or prospects of our company and once investors purchase the shares of common stock necessary to cover their short position the price of our common stock may decline.

THE REQUIREMENTS OF BEING A PUBLIC COMPANY MAY STRAIN OUR FINANCIAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES AND DISTRACT MANAGEMENT.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). These requirements are extensive. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting.

We incur significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and costs associated with applicable corporate governance requirements. These applicable rules and regulations significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time consuming and costly than privately owned companies that are not SEC registrants. This also may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which must be balanced so as not to cause material adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also believe compliance risks associated with these rules and regulations tend to make it more difficult and expensive to obtain director and officer liability insurance and could result in our need to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

24

Table of Contents

Additionally, shareholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO IMPLEMENT AND MAINTAIN APPROPRIATE INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING. IF WE FAIL TO MAINTAIN AN EFFECTIVE SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO ACCURATELY REPORT OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS AND CURRENT AND POTENTIAL SHAREHOLDERS MAY LOSE CONFIDENCE IN OUR FINANCIAL REPORTING.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC rules require that our management report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures. Among other things, our management must conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. While we believe that we have remediated this material weakness, we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses will not be identified in the future.

Any failure to implement or maintain required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses, or could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. These misstatements could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, reduce our ability to obtain financing or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a decline in our stock price.

THERE ARE INHERENT LIMITATIONS IN ALL CONTROL SYSTEMS, AND MISSTATEMENTS DUE TO ERROR OR FRAUD MAY OCCUR AND NOT BE DETECTED.

The ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to identify material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, which is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal controls and disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as growth of the Company or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

25

Table of Contents

In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness, could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements. Such an occurrence could discourage certain customers or suppliers from doing business with us, cause downgrades in our future debt ratings leading to higher borrowing costs and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public debt or equity markets for capital.

OUR OPERATIONS MAY BE AFFECTED BY DOMESTIC AND GLOBAL ECONOMIC FLUCTUATIONS.

Customers’ demand for our services may fluctuate widely with changes in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. Those conditions include slower employment growth or reductions in employment, which directly impact our service offerings. As a staffing company, our revenue depends on the number of jobs we fill, which in turn depends on economic growth. During economic slowdowns, many customer companies stop hiring altogether. For example, in prior economic downturns, many employers in our operating regions reduced their overall workforce to reflect the slowing demand for their products and services. We may face lower demand and increased pricing pressures during these periods, which this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

INTERRUPTION OF OUR BUSINESS COULD RESULT FROM INCREASED SECURITY MEASURES IN RESPONSE TO TERRORISM OR CIVIL UNREST.

The continued threat of terrorism within the United States and the ongoing military action and heightened security measures in response to such threat has and may cause significant disruption to commerce. The U.S. economy in general is being adversely affected by terrorist activities and the potential activities for terrorist activities or other civil unrest. Any economic downturn could adversely impact our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely affect our ability to grow the business. It is impossible to predict how this may affect our business or the economy in the U.S. and in the world. In the event of further threats or acts of terrorism or civil unrest, our business and operations may be severely and adversely affected.

OUR BUSINESS MAY BE IMPACTED BY POLITICAL EVENTS, WAR, PUBLIC HEALTH ISSUES, INCLEMENT WEATHER, NATURAL DISASTERS AND OTHER BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS.

War, geopolitical uncertainties, public health issues (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and other business interruptions have caused and could cause damage or disruption to commerce and the economy, and thus could have a material adverse effect on us and our customers. Our business operations are subject to interruption by, among others, inclement weather, natural disasters, whether as a result of climate change or otherwise, fire, power shortages, nuclear power plant accidents and other industrial accidents, terrorist attacks, civil unrest and other hostile acts, labor disputes, public health issues and other events beyond our control. Such events could decrease demand for our services.

OUR COMPLIANCE WITH COMPLICATED REGULATIONS CONCERNING CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND PUBLIC DISCLOSURE HAS RESULTED IN ADDITIONAL EXPENSES.

We are faced with expensive, complicated and evolving disclosure, governance and compliance laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure. New standards are developing concerning environmental, social and governance matters (“ESG”) and other emerging socioeconomic trends and matters. In addition, as a staffing company, we are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. New or changing laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing compliance work.

26

Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to U.S. public companies could subject us or our management to regulatory scrutiny or sanction, which could harm our reputation and stock price. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties.

 

The Company’s policy is to lease (rather than purchase) commercial office space for all of its offices. The Company’s headquarters are located with one of its branch locations in Jacksonville Florida, for which the applicable lease expires in 2021.2026.

 

The Company markets its services using the trade names General Employment Enterprises, Omni One, Ashley Ellis, Agile Resources, Scribe Solutions Inc., Access Data Consulting Corporation, Paladin Consulting Inc., SNI Companies, Accounting Now, Staffing Now®, SNI Banking, SNI Certes®, SNI Energy®, SNI Financial®, SNI Technology®, Triad Personnel Services and Triad Staffing. As of September 30, 2020,2022, we operated thirtyfrom locations in eleven (11) states, including twenty-eight (28) branch offices in downtown or suburban areas of major U.S. cities in eleven states.and four (4) additional U.S. locations utilizing local staff members working remotely. We have offices or serve markets remotely, as follows; (i) one office located in each of Connecticut, Georgia, Minnesota, and New Jersey, and Virginia,one remote local market presence in Virginia; (ii) two offices each in Illinois and Massachusetts; (iii) three offices in Colorado, two offices in Illinois and Massachusetts,Colorado; (iv) four offices and two additional local market presences in Texas,Texas; (v) six offices and one additional local market presence in Florida; and (vi) seven offices in Ohio and Florida.Ohio.

 

Established offices are operated from leased spacespaces ranging from 800 to 7,500 square feet, and generally for initial lease periods of one to seven years, with cancellation clauses after certain periods of occupancy in some cases. Management believes that existing facilities are adequate for the Company’s current needs and that its leasing strategies provide the Company with sufficient flexibility to open or close offices to accommodate business needs.

 

As the Company’s leases for its existing offices near their expiration or renewal dates, the Company evaluates the continued necessity for maintaining the location, including consideration of matters ranging from whether they are in close proximity of other available service offices, proximity and importance of a local presence to existing clients and as a competitive advantage in the local market, the size and number of staff located there, whether staff have the means to work effectively on a remote basis supported by resources available from other larger locations, and other factors.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

 

As of September 30, 2020,On March 23, 2022, the Company settled a legal matter involving two separate, but related lawsuits, filed by plaintiff Sands Brothers Venture Capital II, LLC. These two lawsuits and others in which the Company was not a named party, involved a dispute amongst certain former affiliate and non-affiliate entities, and certain former officers and directors of the Company, stemming from a series of transactions that allegedly occurred during the period 2008 through 2010. The Company was sued in 2014 and 2017, based on the allegation that it was a participant and aided and abetted in the fraudulent conveyance of funds. The plaintiff was a creditor of an unaffiliated now defunct entity whose assets the Company is alleged to have received. Given the facts and circumstances of the case, it has been the Company’s belief and assessment that the lawsuits were meritless and that the likelihood of a material adverse resolution was remote. The Company’s ongoing legal expenses including depositions, court filings, etc. incurred over the years to defend itself from the claims made by the plaintiff in the respective lawsuits, have, for the most part, been either paid directly to the law firms or reimbursed by insurance.  

The Company continues to believe that its defenses were meritorious and that the final results of litigation would, overall, have been favorable on the merits. However, given the age of the matter, the potential future significant ongoing uninsured portions of legal and other costs to be incurred, including the extraordinary expenses of flying and housing witnesses and experts for the trial, and the future time, attention and effort necessary by management to satisfactorily resolve the matter through the courts, the Company made the business decision to take advantage of an opportunity to settle the case. In this regard, the Company entered into a Confidential Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, dated March 23, 2022, with the plaintiff for both lawsuits. Under the terms of the agreement and release, neither the plaintiff nor the Company have admitted or conceded to any material legal proceedings.wrongdoing, and the matter has been settled in its entirety for a one-time, payment to the plaintiff of approximately $1,175 thousand, of which the Company’s portion is $975 thousand with insurance paying the balance. This payment was due and paid by April 8, 2022, and the expense has been recognized as a pre-tax charge in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2022.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of business. There are no other pending significant legal proceedings as of September 30, 2022 to which the Company is a party for which management believes the ultimate outcome would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable.

 

 
1327

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

PART II

 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Market Information

 

The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE American and is traded under the symbol “JOB.” The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock on the consolidated market for each quarter within the last two fiscal years.

 

 

Fourth

Quarter

 

 

Third

Quarter

 

 

Second

Quarter

 

 

First

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$1.62

 

 

$0.64

 

 

$0.47

 

 

$0.85

 

Low

 

$0.51

 

 

$0.26

 

 

$0.19

 

 

$0.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$0.85

 

 

$1.52

 

 

$1.96

 

 

$2.69

 

Low

 

$0.50

 

 

$0.62

 

 

$0.76

 

 

$0.65

 

 

Holders of Record

 

There were 717736 holders of record of the Company’s common stock on September 30, 2020.2022.

 

Dividends

 

No dividends were declared or paid during the fiscal years ended September 30, 20202022 and 2019.2021. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

During the fiscal years ended September 30, 20202022 and 2019,2021, no equity securities of the Company were repurchased by the Company.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

As of September 30, 2020,2022, there were stock options outstanding under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2013 Incentive Stock Plan. The plan granted specified numbers of options to non-employee directors, and they authorized the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to grant either restricted stock and incentive or non-statutory stock options to employees. Effective July 13, 2022, the tenth anniversary of the Plan, incentive stock options are no longer eligible to be granted. Vesting periods are established by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant. All stock options outstanding as of September 30, 20202022 and September 30, 20192021 were non-qualified stock options, had exercise prices equal to the market price on the date of grant, and had expiration dates ten years from the date of grant. The maximum number of shares that may be granted under the 2013 Plan is 5,000.15 million (7,500 thousand for restricted stock grants and 7,500 thousand for stock option grants). This number is subject to adjustment to reflect changes in the capital structure or organization of the Company.

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities
remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

1,331

 

 

$2.80

 

 

 

3,307

 

Total

 

 

1,331

 

 

$2.80

 

 

 

3,307

 

14

Table of Contents

(Shares in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities

remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

3,619

 

 

$1.24

 

 

 

9,931

 

Total

 

 

3,619

 

 

$1.24

 

 

 

9,931

 

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.[Reserved].

 

Not applicable.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Management’s discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are provided to assist in the understanding of anticipated future performance. However, future performance involves risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Item 7 should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this report and with the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements and Notesnotes thereto included in Item 8. References such as the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to GEE Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

28

Table of Contents

Overview

 

GEE Group Inc. and its wholly owned material operating subsidiaries, Access Data Consulting Corporation, Agile Resources, Inc., BMCH, Inc., Paladin Consulting, Inc., Scribe Solutions, Inc., SNI Companies, Inc., Triad Logistics, Inc., and Triad Personnel Services, Inc. (collectively referred to as the “Company”, “us”, “our”, or “we”) are providers of permanent and temporary professional and industrial staffing and placement services in and near several major U.S cities. We specialize in the placement of information technology, accounting, finance, office, and engineering professionals for direct hire and contract staffing for our clients, data entry assistants (medical scribes) who specialize in electronic medical records (EMR)EMR services for emergency departments, specialty physician practices and clinics, and provide temporary staffing services for our light industrial clients. The acquisitions of Agile Resources, Inc., a Georgia corporation (“Agile”), Access Data Consulting Corporation, a Colorado corporation (“Access”), Paladin Consulting Inc. (“Paladin”) and SNI Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SNI”) expanded our geographical footprint within the placement and contract staffing verticals or end markets of information technology, accounting, finance, office and engineering professionals.

 

The Company markets its services using the trade names General Employment Enterprises, Omni One, Ashley Ellis, Agile Resources, Scribe Solutions Inc., Access Data Consulting Corporation, Paladin Consulting Inc., SNI Companies (including Staffing Now, Accounting Now, and Certes), Triad Personnel Services and Triad Staffing. As of September 30, 2020,2022, we operated thirtyfrom locations in eleven (11) states, including twenty-eight (28) branch offices in downtown or suburban areas of major U.S. cities in eleven states.and four (4) additional U.S. locations utilizing local staff members working remotely. We have offices or serve markets remotely, as follows; (i) one office located in each of Connecticut, Georgia, Minnesota, and New Jersey, and Virginia, three officesone remote local market presence in Colorado,Virginia; (ii) two offices each in Illinois and Massachusetts,Massachusetts; (iii) three offices in Colorado; (iv) four offices eachand two additional local market presences in Texas,Texas; (v) six offices and one additional local market presence in Florida; and (vi) seven offices each in Ohio and Florida.Ohio.

 

Management has implemented a strategy which includes organic and acquisition growth components. Management’s organic growth strategy includes seeking out and winning new client business, as well as expansion of existing client business and on-going cost reduction and productivity improvement efforts in operations. Management’s acquisition growth strategy includes identifying strategic acquisitions, financed primarily through a combination of cash and the issuance of equity andand/or debt to improve the overall profitability and cash flows of the Company.

 

The Company’s contract and placement services are principally provided under two operating divisions or segments: Professional Staffing Services and Industrial Staffing Services. We believe our current segments and array of businesses and brands within our segments complement one another and position us for future growth.

 

In approximately mid-March 2020,Network Security Incident and Risk

On February 1, 2022, the Company begandetected and stopped a network security incident. An unauthorized third party gained access into our network, encrypted various systems, and demanded money to experiencedecrypt the severe negative effectsaffected systems and to delete and not publicly release stolen information. The Company’s IT professionals immediately disconnected and isolated the affected systems to prevent any further compromise. The senior executive management team was immediately notified who in turn reported the network security incident to the Company’s Audit Committee chairman who has board oversight authority for these types of matters. The Company’s audit committee and board of directors were fully briefed and a special committee of the economic disruptions resulting fromboard of directors was appointed to assist and oversee management in the investigations, response and full remediation of the incident. The Company engaged third party cyber security experts to assist its internal IT professionals and conducted a comprehensive investigation to determine the extent of the unauthorized activity. The Company also notified law enforcement and its cyber liability insurance carrier about the incident.

29

Table of Contents

The Company’s investigation determined that the unauthorized third party acquired a relatively small amount of data maintained on the encrypted servers, to include in some cases, individual personal information such as names, social security numbers, passport and driver license information. Our forensic investigation has been concluded and we believe we have reasonably determined the scope of the incident. Individuals affected by this incident are in the process of being notified in accordance with applicable state and federal laws. The cost of investigating and resolving the incident has been immaterial. Based on what management and the Company’s third-party cyber security experts have determined in their investigation, the Company also does not foresee this incident having any future material detrimental effect on our business or financial position. The Company has in place cyber liability insurance coverage, subject to certain policy limitations and deductibles. The Company had also immediately notified the cyber insurance carrier of the network security incident, who worked with management and the Company’s third-party cyber security experts on this matter.

The Company’s network environment is fully operational and additional security measures have been added and/or are being evaluated to prevent further intrusions. The Company has not observed any additional malicious activity on the network to date. The Company’s operations were only minimally impacted by the incident, and we were able to serve our clients and other stakeholders without issue throughout.

Coronavirus Pandemic (“COVID-19”). These have included abrupt reductions in demand for the Company’s primary sources of revenue, its temporary and direct hire placements, lost productivity due to business closings both by clients and at the Company’s own operating locations. These effects have been and continue to be felt across all businesses, with the most severe impacts being felt in the commercial (light industrial) and finance, accounting, and office clerical (“FA&O) end markets within the professional segment. In response to the crisis, in April 2020 we took a series of proactive actions including a 10% pay cut for full-time salaried employees, temporary furloughing and redeployment of some employees, reduction of discretionary expenses and projects, and obtaining funds under CARES Act Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”). These actions allowed us to generate cost savings and time to assess the impacts of the COVID-19. As explained above, our

Our businesses have recovered to a significant extent in our finalfrom COVID-19 during the fiscal quarteryears ended September 30, 2020 as compared with the sequential prior quarter ended June 30, 2020. We expect a continuing, but perhaps, more gradual return2022 and 2021. While we have experienced significant recovery and, in fiscal 2022, returned to or exceeded pre-COVID-19 levels for our business operationsof results and customer demand for our services, however,performance, the rate of such recovery mayfuture growth might still be delayedaffected by continuingpotential resurgences and negative impacts of COVID-19 on the U.S. economy and the markets and clients we serve.

On April 28, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into Seventh Amendment, dated as of April 28, 2020 (the “Seventh Amendment”), to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). The Seventh Amendment represents the most significant loan modification of the Company’s Credit Agreement since inception.variants.

 

 
1530

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

As of May 5, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into nine (9) unsecured promissory notes payable under CARES Act Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) and received net funds totaling $19,927(Amounts in order to obtain needed relief funds for allowable expenses under the CARES Act PPP. The Company also entered the Eighth Amendment, dated as of May 5, 2020 (the “Eighth Amendment”), to the Credit Agreement. The Eighth Amendment served as the conforming amendment under the Credit Agreement enabling the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into the PPP loans and additional permitted indebtedness in compliance with the Credit Agreement. The CARES Act PPP relief funds were the only source of financing available for our companies and businesses to help withstand the significant downturn and disruptions we have experienced and continue to experience and are absolutely critical to our ability to maintain operations, including the employment of our temporary and full-time employees, in order to produce and meet our foreseeable liquidity requirements in the midst of this continuing worldwide pandemic.

Management believes that the execution of the amendments to the Company’s senior Credit Agreement and the CARES Act PPP loans and related funding have been and continue to be essential in providing significant needed relief to thethousands except per share data, unless otherwise negative effects of the continuing Coronavirus Pandemic.

On June 30, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into Ninth Amendment, dated as of June 30, 2020 (the “Ninth Amendment”), to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Under the Ninth Amendment, the Company’s senior lender agreed to modify the earlier conversion condition of the Seventh Amendment and allow the Company to settle a significant portion of the subordinated debt and preferred stock with up to $5,083 million in cash, instead of by converting all of it into the Company’s common stock. As a result, the Company was able to negotiate and settle $46,900 in subordinated debt and preferred stock for $5,083 in cash and 1,811 shares of the Company’s common stock. These transactions resulted in recognition of a net gain on the extinguishment of debt of $12,316, and a net gain on redemption of preferred stock of $24,475, and smaller net loss and net income attributable to common shareholders of $(14,347) and $10,128, respectively, in fiscal 2020.stated)

 

Results of Operations

Fiscal year ended September 30, 20202022 (“fiscal 2020”2022”), and fiscal year ended September 30, 20192021 (“fiscal 2019”2021”)

 

Net Revenues

 

Consolidated net revenues are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Professional contract services

 

$96,966

 

 

$111,433

 

 

$(14,467)

 

 

-13%
Industrial contract services

 

 

17,560

 

 

 

21,710

 

 

 

(4,150)

 

 

-19%
Total professional and industrial contract services

 

 

114,526

 

 

 

133,143

 

 

 

(18,617)

 

 

-14%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct hire placement services

 

 

15,309

 

 

 

18,531

 

 

 

(3,222)

 

 

-17%
Consolidated net revenues

 

$129,835

 

 

$151,674

 

 

$(21,839)

 

 

-14%

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Professional contract services

 

$122,562

 

 

$112,470

 

 

$10,092

 

 

 

9%

Industrial contract services

 

 

15,945

 

 

 

17,332

 

 

 

(1,387)

 

 

-8%

Total contract services revenues

 

 

138,507

 

 

 

129,802

 

 

 

8,705

 

 

 

7%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct hire placement services

 

 

26,605

 

 

 

19,078

 

 

 

7,527

 

 

 

39%

Consolidated net revenues

 

$165,112

 

 

 

148,880

 

 

$16,232

 

 

 

11%

 

Contract staffing services contributed $114,526$138,507, or approximately 88%84%, of consolidated revenue and direct hire placement services contributed $15,309$26,605, or approximately 12%16%, of consolidated revenue for fiscal 2020.2022. This compares to contract staffing services revenue of $133,143,$129,802, or approximately 88%87%, of consolidated revenue and direct hire placement revenue of $18,531$19,078, or approximately 12%13%, of consolidated revenue respectively, for fiscal 2019.2021.

 

The overall decreaseincrease in contract staffing services revenue of $18,617,$8,705, or 14%7% for fiscal 20202022 compared to fiscal 20192021 was primarily attributable to increased demand for employment in our professional contract services markets, resulting in an increase in revenues of $10,092, or 9%, as the continuous impactU.S. economy and workforce have continued to improve toward pre-COVID-19 conditions. Industrial staffing services revenues decreased by $1,387, or 8%, due mainly to reoccurrence of adverse conditions associated with COVID-19 variants, which caused significant disruptions in the COVID-19 pandemicindustrial markets we serve and resulting mitigation efforts beginning in approximately mid-March 2020. This resulted in a declinedecrease in demand for our industrial staffing services during the first half of fiscal 2022.

Management believes this trend is the result of post-COVID-19 recovery of the U.S. economy, as well as actions taken by the Company to take advantage of post-COVID-19 opportunities and trends and position the Company for growth. Industrial contract services revenues decreased mainly due to client closures, postponements in projects and related needs for our services at some clients, and corresponding decreasesresurgence of adverse conditions associated with COVID-19 variants, which caused significant disruptions in the volumeindustrial markets we serve and a decrease in demand during the first half of fiscal 2022. Additionally, lingering workforce shortages that have continued in the local markets served by our industrial segment, have prevented our industrial contract services billable hours. The Company experiencedrevenue for fiscal 2022 from fully recovering to pre-COVID-19 levels. These labor shortages limited the majority, but notCompany’s ability to fill all of theseits contract staffing services reductionsorders in its finance, accounting,industrial segment as well as some orders in the professional segment. Workforce volatility and office professional end marketsshortages are believed to be attributable, at least in part, to plentiful economic stimulus and in its light industrial segment.

16

Table of Contents

unemployment benefits.

 

Direct hire placement revenue for fiscal 2020 decreased2022 increased by $3,222$7,527 or 17%39% over fiscal 2019. The Company also has seen2021, driven by a substantial increase in the demand for itspermanent placements. The large increase in direct hire services drop significantly duerevenues appears to be driven, in part, by continued volatility in the continuous negative impacts relatedworkforce leading some companies to staff harder to fill positions with permanent employees, rather than contract employees. It also is believed that the COVID-19 Pandemic.larger proportion of fully remote workers in the workforce today is causing some employers to favor permanent hires over contractors so that they may maintain direct access and control for purposes of security over their networks and other assets. In particular, the Company has been successful in growing direct hire revenues across its information technology brands, in addition to its finance, accounting and office brands. 

31

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

With the onset of COVID-19, the Company’s business and revenues began to decrease significantly in approximately mid-March 2020. Consolidated net revenues for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2020 of $34,681 decreased by approximately $1,496, or 4%, as compared with consolidated net revenues for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2019 of $36,177, and decreased by approximately $2,876, or 8%, as compared with consolidated net revenues for the sequential fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2019 of $37,557.

Consolidated net revenues decreased further by approximately $8,087, or 23%, to $26,594 during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2020; however, have rebounded since resulting in an increase of approximately $4,410, or 17%, to $31,004 during this year’s final fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2020. Consolidated revenues on monthly basis bottomed during the month of May 2020 to a low of approximately $8,248 and steadily rose each month to a high of $12,216 during the month of October 2020. November 2020’s revenues were lower at $10,560 largely due to significant lower billing days than October, including the Thanksgiving holidays. Management believes that the trend towards recovery since May 2020 is the result of actions takensignificant net growth in revenues during fiscal 2022, compared to adapt to COVID-19 and position the Company for recovery and, otherwise,fiscal 2021, is generally consistentin line with the recoverytrends being experienced in the overall U.S. economy so far.

economy. The Company also continues to observe, analyze and, where considered appropriate, make modifications and changes to its business operating model and practices on a daily basis in response to the on-going Coronavirus PandemicCOVID-19 pandemic and related health and safety concerns. With regardconcerns, including those associated with its variants. These include, but are not limited to, revenue generation, the Company has expanded focus and priority towards sales and marketingimplementation of our placement and staffing services to clients that provide products or services considered essential during COVID-19, including principally, IT, financial services, and healthcare staffing in the professional segment, and in our light industrial segment, staffing for clients that manufacture and distribute PPE. In addition, we have implementedpreventative policies and procedures in observance of Federal, state and/or local guidelines regarding the coronavirus, including but not limitedor recommendations with regard to working from home,COVID-19 and its variants, use of personal protective equipment (principally, protective masks), social distancing, personal hygiene and sanitary practices,others. The Company also continues to take advantage of flexible and other preventativehybrid work-from-home employment arrangements and responsive measures, impacting both our core human resources, as well as our contract laborers serving clients.has adopted the strategy of converting certain of its branch office locations to virtual locations where efficiencies are available.

 

Cost of Contract Services

 

Cost of contract services includes wages and related payroll taxes, employee benefits of the Company’sCompany's contract services employees, and certain other employee-related costs, while they work on contract assignments. Cost of contract services for fiscal 2020 decreased2022 increased by approximately 15%7% to $85,131$103,434 compared to $96,339 for fiscal 2019 of $99,653.2021. The $14,522 decrease$7,095 increase in cost of contract services for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 is consistent with the declineincrease in revenues which isas discussed further below.above.

 

Gross Profit percentage by service:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Professional contract services

 

 

26.4%

 

 

26.0%

Industrial contract services

 

 

21.7%

 

 

20.8%

Consolidated professional and industrial services

 

 

25.7%

 

 

25.2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct hire placement services

 

 

100.0%

 

 

100.0%

Combined gross profit margin %(1)

 

 

34.4%

 

 

34.3%

Gross Profit percentage by service:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Professional contract services

 

 

26.6%

 

 

26.3%

Industrial contract services

 

 

15.4%

 

 

22.3%

Consolidated contract services

 

 

25.3%

 

 

25.8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct hire placement services

 

 

100.0%

 

 

100.0%

Combined gross profit margin (1)

 

 

37.4%

 

 

35.3%

 

(1)

Includes gross profit from direct hire placements, for which all associated costs are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses.

17

Table of Contents

 

The Company’s combined gross profit margin, including direct hire placement services (recorded at 100% gross margin) for fiscal 20202022 was approximately 34.4%37.4% versus approximately 34.3%35.3% for the fiscal 2019.

2021. In the professional contract staffing services segment, the gross margin excluding direct placement services was approximately 26.4%26.6% for fiscal 20202022 compared to approximately 26.0%26.3% for fiscal 2019.2021. The increaseyear-over-year improvement in our consolidated gross margin is primarilymainly the result of increasesthe increase in the amounts and mix of higher margin contract servicespermanent placement business in IT end markets, including growth in severalwith 100% gross margins for fiscal 2022, from 13% to 16% of the Company’s higher end IT brands during fiscal 2020, as compared with the prior fiscal year. This trend also is consistent with COVID-19 related declines in business, which weighed more heavily on the Company’s lower margin finance, accounting, and office (primarily, office) and light industrial end markets, resulting in a higher mix of higher margin business.our consolidated revenues, or by approximately 3%, or 300 basis points.

 

The Company’s industrial staffing services gross margin for fiscal 20202022 was approximately 21.7%15.4% as compared with approximately 20.8%22.3% for fiscal 2019.2021. The increasedecrease in industrial staffingcontract services gross margin is due to a higher proportiondecrease in the amount of estimated amounts of return premiums,premium refunds the Company’s light industrial business is eligible to receive under the Ohio Bureau of Workers’ Compensation retrospectively-ratedretrospectively rated insurance program. The industrial services gross margin excluding the impact of these items was level at approximately 14.9% for both fiscal 2022 and 2021.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses include the following categories:

 

·

Compensation and benefits in the operating divisions, which includes salaries, wages and commissions earned by the Company’s employment consultants, recruiters and branch managers on permanent and temporary placements;

·

Administrative compensation, which includes salaries, wages, payroll taxes and employee benefits associated with general management and the operation of thecorporate functions, including principally, finance, legal, human resources and information technology functions;

·

Occupancy costs, which includes office rent, depreciation and amortization, and other office operating expenses;

·

Recruitment advertising, which includes the cost of identifying and tracking job applicants; and

·

Other selling, general and administrative expenses, which includes travel, bad debt expense, fees for outside professional services and other corporate-level expenses such as business insurance and taxes.

32

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company’s SG&A for fiscal 2020, decreased2022 increased by $2,338$10,262 as compared to fiscal 2019.2021. SG&A for fiscal 2020,2022 as a percentage of revenue was approximately 34.2%31% versus 30.8%28% for fiscal 2019. The2021. This increase in SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenue is primarily attributable tomainly the correspondingresult the significant reduction in revenues, which resulted in less coveragegrowth of our SG&A fixed or semi-variable expenses.revenues and improvements in our operating performance resulting in additional incentive compensation and bonuses. Wage increases and a recent spike in inflation also caused our SG&A expenses to increase in fiscal 2022. In addition, the increases in our SG&A expenses and ratio for fiscal 2020 decreased as the result2022 were affected by an increase of a decrease in employee related costs of $2,984 and a decrease in a stock compensation expense of $627. SG&A in fiscal 2020 also included increases$413 in bad debt expense of $1,765 compared to fiscal 2019, including $1,653 associated with one of the Company’s industrial customers, a single large customerlegal settlement of our light industrial segment that has declared bankruptcy.$975, and charges associated with severance agreements totaling $838. 

 

SG&A also includes certain non-cash costs, and expenses incurred related to acquisition, integration and restructuring, and other non-recurring activities,items, such as certain corporate legal and general expenses associated with capital markets activities that either are not directly associated with core business operations, or may be expected not to recur in whole or in partand other items that have been eliminated on a going forward basis.basis or are of an isolated, non-recurring nature. These costs were $4,277$2,060 and $4,281$412 for fiscal 20202022 and fiscal 2019,2021, respectively, and include mainlythe legal settlement and severance agreements described above in addition to expenses associated with former closed and consolidated locations, personnel costs associated with eliminated positions, costs incurred related to acquisitions and associated legal and professional costs.locations.

 

Depreciation Expense

 

Depreciation expense was $248$371 and $311 for fiscal 20202022 and $349 for fiscal 2019.2021, respectively. The net decreaseincrease in depreciation expense is primarily the result of Companydue to fixed assets becoming fully depreciated exceeding new capital expenditures.

18

Table of Contents

asset additions.

 

Amortization Expense

 

Amortization expense was $5,038,$3,469, and 5,586$4,089 for fiscal 20202022 and 2019.2021, respectively. The decrease is due to amortization completion of SNI intangible assetassets related to certain non-compete agreements.agreements and trade names becoming fully amortized.

 

Goodwill Impairment

 

The Company performedcompleted its most recent annual goodwill impairment testing effectiveassessment, as of September 30, 2020,2022, and allocatesdetermined that its goodwill among two reporting units, its Professional segment and its Commercial segment, for purposeswas not impaired. During the first fiscal quarter of evaluation for impairments. As a result2022, the amount of the evaluation performed, the carrying value of the net assets exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s Professional segment as of September 30, 2020, while the estimated fair value of the Commercial segment exceeded its net carrying value. The outcome of this goodwill impairment test resulteddiscount inherent in a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill applicable to the Professional segment of $8,850, which was recorded in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2020. For purposes of performing this goodwill impairment assessment, management applied valuation techniques and assumptions to its Professional and Commercial segments as reporting units and also considered recent trends in the Company’s stock price, implied control or acquisition premiums, earnings and other possible factors and their effects on estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units.

Management also considered the Company’s market capitalization as recently reported on the NYSE American exchange in conducting its assessment, which has been lower than itswhen compared with consolidated stockholders’ equity, or net book value, (consolidated stockholders’ equity). Management believes thathad increased since the continuing declines in global economic and labor market conditions and other disruptions caused byannual goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2021; therefore, the COVID-19 pandemic that have negatively impacted the Company’s business and operating results also are a contributing factor to the Company’s recent stock prices, market capitalization, and potentially, the valueCompany performed an interim assessment of its goodwill resulting, in part, infor impairment as of December 31, 2021. The estimated fair values of its Professional Services and Industrial Services reporting units were adjusted based on qualitative and quantitative analysis so that they reconciled more precisely with the Company’s market capitalization as of December 31, 2021, plus an assumed control premium. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge recognizedof $2,150 during the first quarter of fiscal 2020. Management believes and expects that these conditions, including those impacting2022. Upon completion of the Company, are improving and will continue to improve. However, there can be no assuranceprior annual goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2021, it was determined that the Company’s goodwill or other long-lived assets willwas not become impaired in the future.

Due to a previous sustained decline in the market capitalization of our common stock during the third quarter of 2019, we also performed a goodwill impairment test in accordance with the provisions of ASU 2017-04, and recognized a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill of $4,300 in fiscal 2019.impaired.

 

LossIncome from Operations

 

As the net result of the matters discussed regarding revenues and operating expenses above, lossincome from operations increaseddecreased by $8,880,$2,715 to a loss of $13,833$3,775 for fiscal 20202022 from a loss of $4,953$6,490 for fiscal 2019.2021. The increase in our loss from operationsdecrease is directly attributabledue to the matters discussed regarding revenues and operating expenses above;factors described above, including notably, the negative impactsincreases of the COVID-19 pandemic, increases$413 in our bad debt expense associated with one of approximately $1,765,the Company’s light industrial customers, a legal settlement of $975, and an increase of approximately $4,550 incharges associated with severance agreements totaling $838 during fiscal 2022. Additionally, the amount of a non-cash goodwill impairment charge recognizedof $2,150 taken during fiscal 2022 offset increases in income from operations during the period.

33

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Gain/Loss on Debt Extinguishment

The company recorded a gain of $16,773 in fiscal 2020, as compared2022 related to forgiveness and extinguishment of its remaining PPP loans. Net losses on debt extinguishment of $(548) in fiscal 2021 were recorded due to a one-time non-cash charge of $4,004 which represents unamortized debt issue costs associated with its Former Credit Agreement. This was offset in part by forgiveness and extinguishment of multiple of the company’s outstanding PPP loans in fiscal 2021 leading to a similar non-cash goodwill impairment charge recognized during fiscal 2019.gain of $3,456.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense decreased by $5,501 to $377 for fiscal 2020, decreased by $207 compared2022 from $5,878 for fiscal 2021. This decrease is mainly attributable to fiscal 2019. The decreasethe elimination of interest related to the Former Credit Agreement that contributed $4,684 in interest expense is mostly attributable to a decrease infor fiscal 2021. On April 20, 2021, the Company retired and fully repaid its remaining principal and accrued interest on Revolvingbalances under its Former Credit Facility and Term Loan of $1,107 during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This was mainly offset by increases in an amortization of the debt issue costs related to exit and restructuring fees originated under Seventh Amendment of $422 and interest expense for beneficial conversion feature associated with the former 8% Notes of $487 in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019.Agreement

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The Company recognized provisions for income tax expense of $597$588 and $370$58 in fiscal 20202022 and 2019,2021, respectively. The compositionOur effective tax rate for fiscals 2022 and 2021 is lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the effect of the Company’s income tax provisions is relatively complex; however,valuation allowance on the net increase in the provision for fiscal 2020 as compared with fiscal 2019 can be attributed to higher state and local taxes in certain jurisdictions.

19

Table of Contents

deferred tax asset position.

 

Net LossIncome

 

The Company’s net lossincome was $14,347$19,599 and $17,763$6 for fiscal 20202022 and 2019,2021, respectively. The decreaseIn addition to the changes in the net loss was principally the result of the gain recognized of $12,316 on an extinguishment of subordinated debt in fiscal 2020 that was offset by goodwill impairment of $8,850. As explained under the Overview section and Results of Operations sectionsincome from operations as outlined above, the negative effectsincrease is primarily due to gains of the coronavirus pandemic during the later portion of fiscal 2020 also significantly impacted our business$16,773 from forgiveness and contributed to our fiscal 2020 net loss.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Stockholders

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Common Stockholders for fiscal 2020 increased by $27,891. The significant items contributing to this improvement were the gains resulting from extinguishmentsextinguishment of the Company’s subordinated debt and outstanding preferred stock of $12,316 and $24,475, respectfully. These were offset, in part, by a non-cash goodwill impairment chargeremaining PPP loans during fiscal 2020, which exceeded a similar non-cash charge2022 and the decrease in fiscal 2019 by approximately $4,550, increases in our bad debtinterest expense of approximately $1,765, including $1,653 associated with a single large customer of our light industrial segment that has declared bankruptcy, and the negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and other matters discussed above.

The Company continues to closely manage costs and to pursue opportunities to selectively increase revenue producing headcount in key markets and industry verticals. The Company also seeks to organically grow its professional contract services revenue and direct hire placement revenue, including business from staff augmentation, permanent placement, statement of work (SOW) and other human resource solutions in the information technology, engineering, healthcare and finance and accounting higher margin staffing specialties. The Company’s strategic plans to achieve this goal involve setting aggressive new business growth targets, including initiatives to increase services to existing customers, increasing its numbers of revenue producing core professionals, including primarily, business development managers and recruiters, changes to compensation, commission and bonus plans to better incentivize producers, and frequent interaction with the field to monitor and motivate growth. The Company’s strategic plan contains both internal and acquisition growth objectives to increase revenue in the aforementioned higher margin and more profitable professional services sectors of staffing.$5,501 year over year.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The primary sources of liquidity for the Company are revenues earned and collected from its clients for the placement of contractorscontract employees and permanent employment candidates and borrowings available under the Senior Credit Agreement.its current and former asset-based senior secured revolving credit facilities. Uses of liquidity include primarily the costs and expenses necessary to fund operations, including payment of compensation to the Company’s contract and permanent employees and employment-related expenses, operating costs and expenses, taxes and capital expenditures.

 

The following table sets forth certain consolidated statements of cash flows data:

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash flows used in operating activities

 

$(2,247)

 

$(394)
Cash flows used in investing activities

 

$(119)

 

$(209)
Cash flows provided by financing activities

 

$12,385

 

 

$1,445

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities

 

$9,229

 

 

$370

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

 

$(328)

 

$(126)

Cash flows used in financing activities

 

$-

 

 

$(4,371)

  

AtAs of September 30, 2020,2022, the Company had $14,074$18,848 of cash which was an increase of $10,019$8,901 from $4,055 at$9,947 as of September 30, 2019. At2021. The significant increase in cash flows from operating activities is primarily the result of the elimination of cash interest associated with the Company’s former high-cost Senior Credit Agreement, which was fully repaid and retired on April 20, 2021. As of September 30, 2020,2022, the Company had working capital of $13,351$26,643 compared to $8,534$2,528 of working capital atas of September 30, 2019.2021. The substantial increase in working capital is mainly attributable to the generation of free cash flow of $8,901, and the forgiveness of the Company’s last remaining PPP loans and interest during fiscal 2022, which were reflected in current liabilities in the aggregate amount of $16,741 as of September 30, 2021.

34

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

Net cash used inprovided by operating activities for fiscal 20202022 and fiscal 20192021 was $2,247$9,229 and $394,$370, respectively. The negativerevenue growth and other improvements in operating cash flowresults, including the significant reduction in interest expense, described in management’s discussion and analysis above contributed the fiscal 2020 and 2019 corresponds with negative incomecash from operations and other net changes in working capital.for fiscal 2022.

 

Cash flows used in investing activities for fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 was $328 and $126, respectively. The primary usesuse of cash for investing activities werewas for the acquisition of property and equipment in fiscal 20202022 and fiscal 2019.

20

Table of Contents

2021.

 

Cash flow provided byflows used in financing activities for fiscal 20202021 totaled $4,371. This activity was primarily attributedattributable to the net funds received from nine (9) unsecured promissory notes payable under CARES Act Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) totaling $19,927 in order to provide needed relief for allowable expenses under the CARES Act PPP. Offsetting the effect of the transactions described below, including the net proceeds from a follow-on securities offering and a new PPP funds receivedcredit facility and payments on the Former Credit Agreement. There were payments required to pay downno cash flows used in financing activities during fiscal 2022.

On April 19, 2021, the Company completed the initial closing of a follow-on public offering of 83,333 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $0.60 per share. Gross proceeds of the offering totaled $50,000, which after deducting the underwriting discount, legal fees, and offering expenses, resulted in net proceeds of $45,478. On April 27, 2021, the underwriters of the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility resultingApril 19, 2021, public offering exercised in full their 15% over–allotment option to purchase an additional 12,500 common shares (the “option shares”) of the Company at the public offering price of $0.60 per share. The Company closed the transaction on April 28, 2021 and received net proceeds from the decline insale of the Company’s business and accounts receivable that serveoption shares of approximately $6,937, after deducting the applicable underwriting discount.

On April 20, 2021, as borrowing base collateral as a directthe result of the Coronavirus Pandemiccompletion of the public offering, the Company repaid $56,022 in aggregate outstanding indebtedness under the Former Credit Agreement, including accrued interest, using the net proceeds of its underwritten public offering and settlement paymentsavailable cash. The repaid debt was originally obtained from investors led by MGG Investment Group LP (“MGG”) on April 21, 2017 and had a maturity date of June 30, 2023. The MGG debt was comprised of a revolving credit facility with a principal balance on the extinguishmentdate of subordinated notesrepayment of approximately $11,828, which was subject to an annual interest rate comprised of the greater of the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) or 1%, plus a 10% margin (approximately 11% per annum), and preferred stock.a term loan with a principal balance on the date of repayment of approximately $43,735, which was subject to an annual interest rate of the greater of LIBOR or 1% plus a 10% margin. The term loan also had an annual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rate of 5% in addition to its cash interest rate, which was being added to the term loan principal balance (cash and PIK interest rate combined of approximately 16% per annum). Accrued interest of approximately $459 was paid in connection with the principal repayments. The Company took a one-time charge of $4,004 which represents unamortized debt issue costs associated with its Former Credit Agreement.

 

Minimum debt service payments (principal)On May 14, 2021, GEE Group Inc. and its subsidiaries, Agile Resources, Inc., Access Data Consulting Corporation, BMCH, Inc., GEE Group Portfolio, Inc., Paladin Consulting, Inc., Scribe Solutions, Inc., SNI Companies, Inc., Triad Personnel Services, Inc., and Triad Logistics, Inc. entered a Loan, Security and Guaranty Agreement for a $20 million asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility with CIT Bank, N.A. (the “CIT Facility”). The CIT Facility is collateralized by 100% of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries who are co-borrowers and/or guarantors. The CIT Facility matures on the fifth anniversary of the closing date (May 14, 2026). Concurrent with the May 14, 2021 closing of the CIT Facility, the Company initially borrowed $5,326 and utilized these funds to pay all remaining unpaid Exit and Restructuring Fees due to its former senior lenders in the amount of $4,978, with the remainder going to direct fees and costs associated with the CIT Facility.

Under the CIT Facility, advances will be subject to a borrowing base formula that is computed based on 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the Company and subsidiaries as defined in the CIT Facility, and subject to certain other criteria, conditions, and applicable reserves, including any additional eligibility requirements as determined by the administrative agent. The CIT Facility is subject to usual and customary covenants and events of default for credit facilities of this type. The interest rate, at the Company’s election, will be based on either the Base Rate, as defined, plus the applicable margin; or the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR” or any successor thereto) for the twelve-monthapplicable interest period, commencing aftersubject to a 1% floor, plus the closeapplicable margin. The CIT Facility also contains provisions addressing the potential future replacement of businessLIBOR utilized and referenced in the loan agreement, in the event LIBOR becomes no longer available. In addition to interest costs on advances outstanding, the CIT Facility will provide for an unused line fee ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% depending on the amount of undrawn credit, original issue discount and certain fees for diligence, implementation, and administration.

35

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The Company had approximately $15,352 in availability for borrowings as of September 30, 2020,2022. There were no outstanding borrowings on the CIT Facility as of September 30, 2022, or September 30, 2021, except for certain accrued carrying fees and costs, which are approximately $3,132.included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

All the Company’s office facilities are leased. Minimum lease payments under all the Company’s lease agreements for the twelve-month period commencing after the close of business on September 30, 2020,2022, are approximately $1,848. All$1,472. There are no minimum debt service principal payments due during the Company’s office facilities are leased.

The Company experienced significant net losses fortwelve-month period commencing after the fiscal years endedclose of business on September 30, 2020 and 2019, which also negatively impacted the Company’s ability to generate liquidity. During much of this period, the Company significantly restructured its operations, made significant cost reductions, including closing and consolidating unprofitable locations and eliminating underperforming personnel, implemented strategic management changes, and intensified focus on stabilizing the business and restoring profitable growth. As a result, management believes the Company had begun to see its operations and business stabilize.

In approximately mid-March 2020, the Company began to experience the severe negative effects of the economic disruptions resulting from the Coronavirus Pandemic (“COVID-19”). These have included abrupt reductions in demand for the Company’s primary sources of revenue, its temporary and direct hire placements, lost productivity due to business closings both by clients and at the Company’s own operating locations, and the significant disruptive impacts to many other aspects of normal operations. These effects have continued to be felt across all businesses, with the most severe impacts being felt in the commercial (light industrial) and finance, accounting and office clerical (FAO) end markets within the professional segment.

Following months of extensive negotiations, effective April 28, 2020, the Company entered into the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement with its senior lenders. The Seventh Amendment (as defined below) is the most significant modification of the Company’s senior credit facilities since inception and provides several important concessions and features, including extending the maturity by two years to June 30, 2023, and adjusting (reducing) cash debt service and thereby improving the Company’s ability to generate liquidity. Effective May 5, 2020 the Company entered into the Eighth Amendment to the Credit Agreement with its senior lenders (the “Eighth Amendment”) which allowed the Company and its subsidiaries to obtain loans from BBVA USA (“BBVA”) pursuant to the Payroll Protection Plan (the “PPP”) which was established under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“the CARES Act”) and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”).

Between April 29 and May 7, 2020, the Company was able to obtain CARES Act relief financing under the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP Loans”) for each of its operating subsidiaries, in the aggregate amount of $19,927. These funds were the only source of financing available to our companies and businesses and have been and continue to be absolutely critical to our ability to maintain operations, including the employment of our temporary and full-time employees, in order to produce and meet our foreseeable liquidity requirements in the midst of this continuing worldwide Coronavirus Pandemic.

On June 30, 2020, the Company completed a financial restructuring and eliminated $19,685 of its subordinated indebtedness and $27,695 of its convertible preferred stock as required pursuant to the terms of Seventh Amendment, dated as of April 28, 2020, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017. The Company entered into a Repurchase Agreement for Preferred Stock and Subordinated Notes (the “Repurchase Agreement”), dated as of June 30, 2020 with Ronald R. Smith (“Mr. Smith”), Thrivent Financial for Lutherans (“Thrivent”), Madison Capital Funding LLC (“Madison”), Maurice R. Harrison IV, Peter Langlois, Vincent Lombardo and Shane Parr (collectively with Smith, Thrivent and Madison, the “SNI Group Members” pursuant to which the SNI Group Members agreed to allow the Company to repurchase and settle all of the 9.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the “9.5% Notes”), Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value (“Series B Preferred Stock”), 8% Convertible Subordinated Notes (“8% Notes”) and Series C 8% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value (“Series C Preferred Stock”) held by each of them. All of the outstanding 9.5% Notes and all of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock were held by SNI Group Members.

21

Table of Contents

2022.

 

Management believes that the Company has adequate cash and working capital and can generate adequate liquidity to meet its obligations for the foreseeable future assumingand at least for one year after the negative economic effects of COVID-19 do not worsen, and that economic recovery continues.date this Annual Report on Form 10-K is filed.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of September 30, 2020,2022, and 2019,2021, and during the two fiscal years then ended, there were no transactions, agreements, or other contractual arrangements to which an unconsolidated entity was a party, under which the Company (a) had any direct or contingent obligation under a guarantee contract, derivative instrument or variable interest in the unconsolidated entity, or (b) had a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to the unconsolidated entity.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Management makes estimates and assumptions that can affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the amounts of reported revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Those estimates and assumptions typically involve expectations about events to occur subsequent to the balance sheet date, and it is possible that actual results could ultimately differ from the estimates. If differences were to occur in a subsequent period, the Company would recognize those differences when they became known.

 

Significant accounting and disclosure matters requiring the use of estimates and assumptions include, but may not be limited to, revenue recognition, accounts receivable allowances, determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities, deferred income tax valuation allowances, accounting for asset impairments, and accounting for derivative liabilities and beneficial conversion features. Management believes that its estimates and assumptions are reasonable, based on information that is available at the time they are made.

 

The following accounting policies are considered by management to be “critical” because of the judgments and uncertainties involved, and because different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenues from contracts with customers are generated through the following services: direct hire placement services, temporary professional services staffing, and temporary light industrial staffing. RevenuesOur revenues are recognized when promised services are performed for customers, and in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services. Our revenues are recorded net of variable consideration such as sales adjustments or allowances.

Direct hire placement service revenues from contracts with customers are recognized when employment candidates accept offers of employment, less a provision for estimated credits or refunds to customers as the result of applicants not remaining employed for the entirety of the Company’sCompany's guarantee period (referred to as “falloffs”). The company’sCompany’s guarantee periods for permanently placed employees generally range from 60 to 90 days from the date of hire.   Fees

36

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Falloffs and refunds during the period, including estimates for future falloffs associated with candidate placementrevenues that have been recognized, are generally calculatedreflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a percentagereduction of placement service revenues and in the new employee’s annual compensation. No feesconsolidated balance sheet, in combination with allowance for permanent placement servicesuncollectible accounts, as a reduction of accounts receivable. Estimated future falloffs are chargeddetermined by analyzing recent historical trends of actual falloffs and applying a formula comprised of average numbers of falloffs, average falloff amounts, and average cycle times between billing and fall off dates to employment candidates.derive an allowance for falloffs. Thus, the estimated allowance is derived from observed trends in actual historical falloffs and assumes that historical trends are indicative of future falloff activity.

 

Temporary staffing service revenues from contracts with customers are recognized in amounts for which the Company has a right to invoice, as the services are rendered by the Company’s temporary employees. The Company records temporary staffing revenue on a gross basis as a principal versus on a net basis as an agent in the presentation of revenues and expenses. The Company has concluded that gross reporting is appropriate because the Company controls the specified service before that service is performed for a customer. The Company has the risk of identifying and hiring qualified employees, has the discretion to select the employees and establish their price, and bears the risk for services that are not fully paid for by customers.

 

22

Table of Contents

Falloffs and refunds during the period are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction of placement service revenues. Expected future falloffs and refunds are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction of accounts receivable.

See Note 15 for disaggregated revenues by segment.

Payment terms in our contracts vary by the type and location of our customer and the services offered. The terms between invoicing and when payments are due are not significant.

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company extends credit to its various customers based on evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and ability to pay the Company in accordance with the payment terms. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded, as a charge to bad debt expense, where collection is considered to be doubtful due to credit issues. An allowance for placement fall-offsfalloffs is recorded, as a reduction of revenues, for estimated losses due to applicants not remaining employed for the Company’s guarantee period. These allowances together reflect management’s estimate of the potential losses inherent in the accounts receivable balances, based on historical loss statistics and known factors impacting its customers. Management believes that the nature of the contract service business, wherein client companies are generally dependent on our contract employees in the same manner as permanent employees for their production cycles and the conduct of their respective businesses contributes to a relatively small accounts receivable allowance.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

The Company follows the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “FairFair Value Measurement”Measurement, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances fair value measurement disclosure. Under these provisions, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

The standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is described below:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.

 

Level 2: Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets but corroborated by market data.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

 

Income Taxes

 

We accountThe Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

37

Table of Contents

We recognize

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe thatit is believed these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence is considered, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we determineIn the event it is determined that wethe Company would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of theirthe net recorded amount, wean adjustment would make an adjustmentbe made to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

 

23

Table of Contents

We recordThe Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determinedetermines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognizethe Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

 

We recognize and group interestInterest and penalties if any, withrelated to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of September 30, 2020,2022 and 2021, no material accrued interest or penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

Goodwill

 

The Company evaluates its goodwill for possible impairment as prescribed by FASB ASU 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, at least annually and on an interim basis when one or more triggering events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. Under this guidance, annual or interim goodwill impairment testing is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill.

 

The Company performed annual goodwill impairment testing effective as of September 30, 2020,2022, and allocates its goodwill among two reporting units,units: its Professional segmentprofessional reporting unit and its Commercial segmentindustrial reporting unit for purposes of evaluation for impairments. In determining the fair value of our two reporting units, we use one or a combination of commonly accepted valuation methodologies: 1)(1) the income approach, which is based on the present value of discounted cash flows projected for the reporting unit or, in certain instances, capitalization of earnings, and 2)(2) the market approach, which estimates a fair value based on an appropriate revenue and/or earnings multiple(s) derived from comparable companies. These valuation techniques onrely upon assumptions and other factors, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting units, the discount rate used to determine the present value of ourfuture cash flows, and the market multiples of comparable companies utilized. In applying our methods, we alsoconsider and use averages orand medians to selectin the selection of assumptions derived from comparable companies or market data, where applicable, and in the application of the income and/or market approaches if we determine that this will provide a more appropriate estimated fair value or range of fair value estimates of the reporting units. Changes to input assumptions and other factors used or considered in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

 

As a result of the evaluation performed, the carrying value of its net assets exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s Professional segment as of September 30, 2020, while the estimated fair value of the Commercial segment exceeded its net carrying value. The outcome of this goodwill impairment test resulted in a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill of $8,850, which was recorded in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2020. For purposes of performing this goodwill impairment assessment, management applied the valuation techniques and assumptions to its Professionalprofessional and Commercialindustrial segments as reporting units discussed aboveabove; and also considered recent trends in the Company’s stock price, implied control or acquisition premiums, earnings, and other possible factors and their effects on estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units.

 

Management also consideredAs a result of the evaluation performed, the estimated fair values exceeded the carrying values of its net assets of the Company’s professional and industrial reporting units as of September 30, 2022.

38

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

During the first fiscal quarter of 2022, the amount of discount inherent in the Company’s market capitalization as recently reported on the NYSE American exchange in conducting its assessment, which has been lower than itswhen compared with consolidated stockholders’ equity, or net book value, (consolidated stockholders’ equity). Management believes thathad increased since the continuing declines in global economic and labor market conditions and other disruptions caused byannual goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2021; therefore, the COVID-19 pandemic that have negatively impacted the Company’s business and operating results also are a contributing factor to the Company’s recent stock prices, market capitalization, and potentially, the valueCompany performed an interim assessment of its goodwill resulting, in part, infor impairment as of December 31, 2021. The estimated fair values of its Professional Services and Industrial Services reporting units were adjusted based on qualitative and quantitative analysis so that they reconcile more precisely with the Company’s market capitalization as of December 31, 2021, plus an assumed control premium. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge recognizedof $2,150 during fiscal 2020. Management believes and expects that these conditions, including those impacting2022. Upon completion of the Company, are improving and will continue to improve. However, there can be no assuranceprior annual goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2021, it was determined that the Company’s goodwill or other long-lived assets willwas not become impaired in the future.

24

Table of Contents

The Company adopted ASU 2017-04 in 2019. Due to a previous sustained decline in the market capitalization of our common stock during the third quarter of 2019, we also performed a goodwill impairment test in accordance with the provisions of ASU 2017-04, and recognized a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill of $4,300 in fiscal 2019.impaired.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Separately identifiable intangible assets held in the form of customer lists, non-compete agreements, customer relationships management agreements and trade names were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition and are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from two to ten years using both accelerated and straight-line methods.

 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets (other than Goodwill)

 

The Company recognizes an impairment of long-lived assets used in operations, other than goodwill, when events or circumstances indicate that these assets might be impaired and the estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated by those assets over their remaining lives are less than the carrying amount of those items. In the event the net carrying value of the Company’s long-lived assets are determined not to be recoverable, they are reduced to fair value, which is typically calculated using one or a combination of the relief from royalty method, the multiple of excess cash flow method, and/or other applicable adaptations of the discounted cash flow method. For purposes of testing the long-lived assets other than goodwill, long-lived assets are grouped and considered with other assets and liabilities within the Professionalprofessional and Commercial segments.industrial reporting units. The Company did not record any impairments to its long-lived assets during fiscal 20202022 and 2019.2021.

 

Beneficial Conversion Feature

The Company evaluates embedded conversion features within a convertible instrument under ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging to determine whether the embedded conversion feature(s) should be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as a derivative at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. If the conversion feature does not require treatment under ASC 815, the instrument is evaluated under ASC 470-20 Debt with Conversion and Other Options for consideration of any beneficial feature.

The Company records a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) when the convertible instrument is issued with conversion features at fixed or adjustable rates that are below market value when issued. The BCF for convertible instruments is recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of that feature to additional paid-in capital. The intrinsic value is generally calculated at the commitment date as the difference between the conversion price and the fair value of the common stock or other securities into which the security is convertible, multiplied by the number of shares into which the security is convertible. If certain other securities are issued with the convertible security, the proceeds are allocated among the different components. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the convertible security is divided by the contractual number of the conversion shares to determine the effective conversion price, which is used to measure the BCF. The effective conversion price is used to compute the intrinsic value. The value of the BCF is limited to the basis that is initially allocated to the convertible security.

The BCF for the convertible instrument is recorded as a reduction, or discount, to the carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the fair value of the conversion feature. The discount is then amortized as interest or deemed dividends over the period from the date of the convertible instrument’s issuance to the earliest redemption date, provided that the convertible instrument is not currently redeemable but probable of becoming redeemable in the future.

Stock-BasedShare-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-basedshare-based awards to employees in accordance with FASB ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”Compensation-Stock Compensation, which requires compensation expense related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on a determination of the fair value of the stock options.options or restricted stock grants. The grant date fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”("Black-Scholes") pricing model. For all employee stock options we recognizeand restricted stock grants, the Company recognizes expense on an accelerated basis over the employee’semployee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant). and records an estimate for forfeitures. The Company’sCompany's option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility, and expected term, and forfeiture rate.term. Any changes in these highly subjective assumptions significantly impact stock-basedour share-based compensation expense.

 

25

Table of Contents

Options awardedSee Note 11 for the assumptions used to purchasecalculate the fair value of share-based employee and non-employee compensation. Upon the exercise of options, it is the Company's policy to issue new shares of common stock issued to non-employees in exchange for services are accounted for as variable awards in accordance with FASB ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”. Such options are valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Segment Data

The Company provides the following distinctive services: (a) direct hire placement services, (b) temporary professional services staffing in the fields of information technology, engineering, medical, and accounting, and (c) temporary light industrial staffing. These distinct services can be divided into two reportable segments, industrial staffing services and professional staffing services. Selling, general and administrative expenses are not completely separately allocated among light industrial services and professional staffing services.

Operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance. Other factors, including type of business, type of employee, length of employment and revenue recognition are considered in determining these operating segments.rather than utilizing treasury shares.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Lease Accounting. In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), which introduces the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous ASC 840 guidance. The original guidance required application on a modified retrospective basis with the earliest period presented. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to ASC 842, which includes an option to not restate comparative periods in transition and elect to use the effective date of ASC 842, Leases, as the date of initial application of transition. We adopted this guidance as of October 1, 2019 and elected the transition method provided under ASU 2018-11. This standard has a material effect on our consolidated balance sheets with the recognition of new right of use assets and lease liabilities for all operating leases, except for those leases where we elected the short-term lease recognition exemption, as these leases have a non-cancelable lease term of approximately one year or less. Adoption of the new standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations. As of the transition date, the ROU asset and total lease liability (current and long-term) were $5,900 and $6,341, respectively.

The Company elected the package of practical expedients available under the transition provisions of the new lease standard, including (i) not reassessing whether expired or existing contracts contain leases, (ii) lease classification, and (iii) not revaluing initial direct costs for existing leases. Also, the Company elected the practical expedient which allows aggregation of non-lease components with the related lease components when evaluating accounting treatment. Lastly, the Company applied the modified retrospective adoption method, utilizing the simplified transition option available in the ASC 842, which allows entities to continue to apply the legacy guidance in ASC 840, including its disclosure requirements, in the comparative periods presented in the year of adoption. See Note 5 for further discussion of leases.

Stock Compensation. In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions. The amendments specify that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those reporting periods, with early adoption permitted (but no sooner than the adoption of Topic 606). The Company adopted the new guidance as of October 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

26

Table of Contents

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

 

Current Expected Credit Losses Model. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (“ASC 326”), authoritative guidance amending how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The guidance requires the application of a current expected credit loss model, which is a new impairment model based on expected losses. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periodsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not yet determined the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

39

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This ASU simplifies accounting for income taxes by removing the following exceptions: (1) exception to the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation, (2) exceptions to accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments, and (3) exception in interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. The ASU also improves financial statement preparers’ application of income tax related guidance for franchise taxes that are partially based on income; transactions with a government that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill; separate financial statements of legal entities that are not subject to tax; and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods. The ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2019-12 became effective as of October 1, 2021 and had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. This ASU is effective for all entities beginning as of its date of effectiveness, March 12, 2020. The guidance is temporary and can be applied through December 31, 2022. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, to provide supplemental guidance and to further clarify the scope of the amended guidance. The guidance has not impacted the consolidated financial statements to date. The Company will continue to monitor the impact of the ASU on our consolidated financial statements in the future.

 

No other recent accounting pronouncements were issued by FASB and the SEC that are believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s present or future financial statements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

Not applicable.

  

 
2740

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the year ended September 30, 2022

 

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the year ended September 30, 2021

F-4

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 20202022 and September 30, 20192021

 

F-3F-5

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 20202022 and September 30, 20192021

 

F-4F-6

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 20202022 and September 30, 20192021

 

F-5F-7

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 20202022 and September 30, 20192021

 

F-6F-8

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7F-9

 

 

F-1

Table of Contents

  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholders, Board of Directors, and Audit Committee

Stockholders of GEE Group Inc.

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetssheet of GEE Group Inc. (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year periodyear ended September 30, 2020,2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements)“financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2020 and 2019,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year periodyear ended September 30, 2020,2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. audit.

We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our auditsaudit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits,audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our auditsaudit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) related to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

F-2

Table of Contents

Goodwill Impairment Assessment

At September 30, 2022, the Company’s goodwill was $61.29 million. As discussed in Notes 2 and 6 of the financial statements, the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, as of September 30, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. During the first quarter of fiscal 2022, the Company determined that there had been an increase in the amount of discount inherent in the Company’s market capitalization as reported on the NYSE American exchange, when compared to net book value, since its last annual goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2021; therefore, the Company performed an interim assessment of its goodwill for impairment as of December 31, 2021 by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its respective carrying value and this resulted in an impairment charge of $2.15 million as of December 31, 2021. The Step 1 analysis was updated as of September 30, 2022, for the Company’s annual impairment test, and the analysis noted no impairment of goodwill as of such date. The Company’s goodwill impairment analysis relies on assumptions and other factors, such as industry multiples applied to earnings, estimated future cash flows, the discount rates used to determine the present value of associated cash flows, and market comparable assumptions. These assumptions require significant judgement by the Company in their development.

We identified the goodwill impairment assessment as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for our determination are the high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in evaluating management’s significant assumptions used in the impairment analyses, particularly as it relates to industry multiples applied to earnings, estimated future cash flows, the discount rates used to determine the present value of associated cash flows, and market comparable assumptions.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:

·

Obtained an understanding of management’s process for developing fair value estimates including:

o

Tested the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used in the Company’s analysis, and

o

Evaluated the significant management assumptions utilized in the estimated future cash flows by comparing revenues and performance in management’s forecast to periods incurred to-date subsequent to September 30, 2022, and assessed the forecasts of revenues and expenses and the gross margin impact in future periods.

·

Utilized personnel with specialized knowledge and skills in valuation to assist in: (i) assessing the appropriateness of the fair value methodology and estimation process, (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of certain assumptions used including assessing the appropriateness of the discount rate, industry multiples, and the market comparable assumptions, and (iii) testing the mathematical accuracy and completeness of the discounted cash flow models and the impairment assessment analyses.

/s/ FORVIS, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

Tampa, Florida

December 20, 2022

F-3

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of GEE Group Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of GEE Group Inc. (the Company) as of September 30, 2021, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our auditsaudit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provideaudit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor sincefrom 2012 to 2022.

Marlton, New Jersey

December 29, 202023, 2021

     

 
F-2F-4

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

September 30,

2019

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$14,074

 

 

$4,055

 

Accounts receivable, less allowances ($2,072 and $515, respectively)

 

 

16,047

 

 

 

20,826

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,393

 

 

 

2,221

 

Total current assets

 

 

31,514

 

 

 

27,102

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

906

 

 

 

852

 

Goodwill

 

 

63,443

 

 

 

72,293

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

18,843

 

 

 

23,881

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

4,623

 

 

 

-

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

684

 

 

 

353

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$120,013

 

 

$124,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$2,051

 

 

$3,733

 

Acquisition deposit for working capital guarantee

 

 

-

 

 

 

783

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

5,506

 

 

 

5,212

 

Short-term portion of term loan, net of discount

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,668

 

Subordinated debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,000

 

Current Paycheck Protection Program Loans and accrued interest

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

-

 

Current operating lease liabilities

 

 

1,615

 

 

 

-

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

6,748

 

 

 

3,172

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

18,163

 

 

 

18,568

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

430

 

 

 

300

 

Paycheck Protection Program loans and accrued interest

 

 

17,779

 

 

 

-

 

Revolving credit facility

 

 

11,828

 

 

 

14,215

 

Term loan, net of discount

 

 

37,752

 

 

 

36,029

 

Subordinated convertible debt (includes $0 and $1,269, net of discount, respectively, due to related parties)

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,954

 

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

 

 

3,927

 

 

 

-

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

2,756

 

 

 

595

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

74,472

 

 

 

69,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEZZANINE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock; no par value; authorized - 20,000 shares -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred series A stock; authorized -160 shares; issued and outstanding - none

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Preferred series B stock; authorized - 5,950 shares; issued and outstanding - 0 and 5,566 shares at September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively; liquidation value of the preferred series B stock is approximately $0 and $27,050 at September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively

 

 

-

 

 

 

27,551

 

Preferred series C stock; authorized - 3,000 shares; issued and outstanding - 0 and 60 shaes at September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively; liquidation value of the preferred series C stock is approximately $0 and $60 at September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively

 

 

-

 

 

 

60

 

Total mezzanine equity

 

 

-

 

 

 

27,611

 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no-par value; authorized - 200,000 shares; issued and outstanding - 17,667 shares at September 30, 2020 and 12,538 shares at September 30, 2019, respectively

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

58,031

 

 

 

49,990

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(30,653)

 

 

(40,781)

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

27,378

 

 

 

9,209

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$120,013

 

 

$124,481

 

 

 

September 30,

 

ASSETS

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$18,848

 

 

$9,947

 

Accounts receivable, less allowances ($738 and $286, respectively)

 

 

22,770

 

 

 

23,070

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

604

 

 

 

668

 

Total current assets

 

 

42,222

 

 

 

33,685

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

765

 

Goodwill

 

 

61,293

 

 

 

63,443

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

11,285

 

 

 

14,754

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

2,830

 

 

 

3,920

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

784

 

 

 

1,022

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$119,554

 

 

$117,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$2,958

 

 

$2,257

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

5,750

 

 

 

6,413

 

Current Paycheck Protection Program loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

16,741

 

Current operating lease liabilities

 

 

1,333

 

 

 

1,681

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

5,538

 

 

 

4,065

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

15,579

 

 

 

31,157

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

528

 

 

 

591

 

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

 

 

1,889

 

 

 

3,006

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

555

 

 

 

2,066

 

Total liabilities

 

 

18,551

 

 

 

36,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no-par value; authorized - 200,000 shares; issued and outstanding - 114,450 shares at September 30, 2022 and 114,100 shares at September 30, 2021

 

 

112,051

 

 

 

111,416

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(11,048)

 

 

(30,647)

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

101,003

 

 

 

80,769

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$119,554

 

 

$117,589

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-3F-5

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTSTATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands except per share data)

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

NET REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract staffing services

 

$114,526

 

 

$133,143

 

Direct hire placement services

 

 

15,309

 

 

 

18,531

 

NET REVENUES

 

 

129,835

 

 

 

151,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of contract services

 

 

85,131

 

 

 

99,653

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

 

44,704

 

 

 

52,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (including noncash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock-based compensation expense of $1,559 and $2,186 respectively)

 

 

44,401

 

 

 

46,739

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

248

 

 

 

349

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

5,038

 

 

 

5,586

 

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

8,850

 

 

 

4,300

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(13,833)

 

 

(4,953)

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

12,316

 

 

 

-

 

Interest expense

 

 

(12,233)

 

 

(12,440)

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION

 

 

(13,750)

 

 

(17,393)

Provision for income tax

 

 

(597)

 

 

(370)

NET LOSS

 

 

(14,347)

 

 

(17,763)

Gain on redeemed preferred stock

 

 

24,475

 

 

 

-

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

 

$10,128

 

 

$(17,763)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

$0.67

 

 

$(1.50)

DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

$(1.14)

 

$(1.50)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC

 

 

15,214

 

 

 

11,840

 

DILUTED

 

 

21,570

 

 

 

11,840

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

NET REVENUES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract staffing services

 

$138,507

 

 

$129,802

 

Direct hire placement services

 

 

26,605

 

 

 

19,078

 

NET REVENUES

 

 

165,112

 

 

 

148,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of contract services

 

 

103,434

 

 

 

96,339

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

 

61,678

 

 

 

52,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

51,913

 

 

 

41,651

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

371

 

 

 

311

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

3,469

 

 

 

4,089

 

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

2,150

 

 

 

-

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

3,775

 

 

 

6,490

 

Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt

 

 

16,773

 

 

 

(548)

Interest income

 

 

16

 

 

 

-

 

Interest expense

 

 

(377)

 

 

(5,878)

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION

 

 

20,187

 

 

 

64

 

Provision for income tax expense

 

 

588

 

 

 

58

 

NET INCOME

 

$19,599

 

 

$6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

$0.17

 

 

$0.00

 

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

$0.17

 

 

$0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC

 

 

114,139

 

 

 

60,594

 

DILUTED

 

 

114,890

 

 

 

61,948

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-4F-6

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 Stock

 

 

Paid

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Shareholders'

 

(in thousands)

 

 Shares

 

 

In Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2018

 

 

10,783

 

 

$44,120

 

 

$(23,018)

 

$21,102

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,186

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,186

 

Issuance of stock for interest

 

 

1,505

 

 

 

1,605

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,605

 

Conversion of preferred Series B to common stock

 

 

250

 

 

 

1,238

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,238

 

Beneficial conversion features on subordinated debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

841

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(17,763)

 

 

(17,763)

Balance, September 30, 2019

 

 

12,538

 

 

$49,990

 

 

$(40,781)

 

$9,209

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

23

 

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,559

 

Issuance of stock for restricted stock

 

 

500

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Issuance of stock for interest

 

 

2,795

 

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,204

 

Issuance of stock for debt conversion

 

 

1,718

 

 

 

5,185

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,185

 

Issuance of stock for preferred stock conversion

 

 

93

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

93

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(14,347)

 

 

(14,347)

Gain on redemption of preferred stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

24,475

 

 

 

24,475

 

Balance, September 30, 2020

 

 

17,667

 

 

$58,031

 

 

$(30,653)

 

$27,378

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 Stock

 

 

Common

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Shareholders'

 

 

 

 Shares

 

 

Stock

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2020

 

 

17,667

 

 

$58,031

 

 

$(30,653)

 

$27,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

970

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

970

 

Issuance of stock for restricted stock

 

 

600

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Sale of common stock in public offering, net of costs

 

 

95,833

 

 

 

52,415

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

52,415

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

Balance, September 30, 2021

 

 

114,100

 

 

$111,416

 

 

$(30,647)

 

$80,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

635

 

Issuance of stock for restricted stock

 

 

350

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19,599

 

 

 

19,599

 

Balance, September 30, 2022

 

 

114,450

 

 

$112,051

 

 

$(11,048)

 

$101,003

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-5F-7

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$(14,347)

 

$(17,763)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on extingishment of debt

 

 

(12,316)

 

 

-

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

5,286

 

 

 

5,935

 

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

8,850

 

 

 

4,300

 

Non-cash lease expense

 

 

1,623

 

 

 

-

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

2,186

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

1,557

 

 

 

213

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

130

 

 

 

154

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

1,779

 

 

 

909

 

Interest expense paid with common and preferred stock

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

1,666

 

Paid in kind interest on term loan

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

-

 

Change in acquisition deposit for working capital guarantee

 

 

(783)

 

 

(100)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

3,222

 

 

 

(284)

Accrued interest

 

 

95

 

 

 

-

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(2,156)

 

 

1,210

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

2,729

 

 

 

-

 

Change in other assets, net of change in other liabilities

 

 

(2,005)

 

 

1,180

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(2,247)

 

 

(394)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

 

(119)

 

 

(209)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(119)

 

 

(209)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment on term loan

 

 

(500)

 

 

(2,687)

Net proceeds from (payments on) subordinated debt

 

 

(1,724)

 

 

1,893

 

Payment on preferred stock redemption

 

 

(2,931)

 

 

-

 

Net proceeds from CARES Act Paycheck Protection Program Loans

 

 

19,927

 

 

 

-

 

Payments on capital lease

 

 

-

 

 

 

(51)

Net (payments on) proceeds from revolving credit

 

 

(2,387)

 

 

2,290

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

12,385

 

 

 

1,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

10,019

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

4,055

 

 

 

3,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

 

$14,074

 

 

$4,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$7,785

 

 

$10,137

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

 

80

 

 

 

92

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of series B convertible preferred stock to common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,238

 

Beneficial conversion features on subordinated debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

841

 

Acquisition of equipment with finance lease

 

 

184

 

 

 

102

 

Conversion of 8% subordinated notes to common stock by related parties

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

-

 

Conversion of 10% subordinated notes to common stock

 

 

4,185

 

 

 

-

 

Conversion of series C preferred stock to common by related parties

 

 

93

 

 

 

-

 

Redemption of series B preferred stock

 

 

24,441

 

 

 

-

 

Redemption of series C preferred stock

 

 

34

 

 

 

-

 

Accrued fees on term loan

 

 

4,978

 

 

 

-

 

Right-of-use assets, net of deferred rent

 

 

6,246

 

 

 

-

 

Operating lease liability

 

 

6,687

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$19,599

 

 

$6

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(16,773)

 

 

548

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,840

 

 

 

4,400

 

Non-cash lease expense

 

 

1,384

 

 

 

1,344

 

Goodwill impairment charge

 

 

2,150

 

 

 

-

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

635

 

 

 

970

 

Increase (decrease) in allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

452

 

 

 

(546)

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(63)

 

 

161

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

153

 

 

 

941

 

Paid in kind interest on term loan

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,210

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(152)

 

 

(6,477)

Accounts payable

 

 

701

 

 

 

206

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

(663)

 

 

907

 

Other assets

 

 

151

 

 

 

772

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(2,185)

 

 

(4,072)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

9,229

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

 

(328)

 

 

(126)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(328)

 

 

(126)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of common stock in public offering

 

 

-

 

 

 

52,415

 

Payment on term loan

 

 

-

 

 

 

(44,194)

Net payments on revolving credit

 

 

-

 

 

 

(11,828)

Debt issue costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

(764)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,371)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

8,901

 

 

 

(4,127)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

9,947

 

 

 

14,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

 

$18,848

 

 

$9,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$192

 

 

$3,670

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

 

482

 

 

 

293

 

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 
F-6F-8

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

1. Description of Business

 

GEE Group Inc. (the “Company”, “us”, “our” or “we”) was incorporated in the State of Illinois in 1962 and is the successor to employment offices doing business since 1893. WeGEE Group Inc. and its wholly owned material operating subsidiaries, Access Data Consulting Corporation, Agile Resources, Inc., BMCH, Inc., Paladin Consulting, Inc., Scribe Solutions, Inc., SNI Companies, Inc., Triad Logistics, Inc., and Triad Personnel Services, Inc. (collectively referred to as the “Company”, “us”, “our”, or “we”) are a providerproviders of permanent and temporary professional and industrial staffing and placement services in and near several major U.S cities. We specialize in the placement of information technology, accounting, finance, office, engineering, medical and accountingmedical professionals for direct hire and contract staffing for our professional clients and provide temporary staffing services for our commercialindustrial clients.

The Company markets its services using the trade names General Employment Enterprises, Omni One, Ashley Ellis, Agile Resources, Scribe Solutions Inc., Access Data Consulting Corporation, Paladin Consulting Inc., SNI Companies (including Staffing Now, Accounting Now, and Certes), Triad Personnel Services and Triad Staffing. As of September 30, 2022, we operated from locations in eleven (11) states, including twenty-eight (28) branch offices in downtown or suburban areas of major U.S. cities and four (4) additional U.S. locations utilizing local staff members working remotely.

 

The Company’s fiscal year begins on October 1 and ends on September 30 of each year. Fiscal 20202022 and fiscal 20192021 refer to the fiscal years ended September 30, 20202022 and 2019,2021, respectively.

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Liquidity

 

The primary sources of liquidity for the Company are revenues earned and collected from its clients for the placement of contractors and permanent employment candidates and borrowings available under the Senior Credit Agreement.its current and former asset-based senior secured revolving credit facilities. Uses of liquidity include primarily the costs and expenses necessary to fund operations, including payment of compensation to the Company’s contract and permanent employees, payment of operating costs and expenses, payment of taxes, payment of interest, fees and principal under its debt agreements, and capital expenditures.

 

On April 19, 2021, the Company completed the initial closing of a follow-on public offering of 83,333 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $0.60 per share. Gross proceeds of the offering totaled $50,000, which after deducting the underwriting discount, legal fees, and offering expenses, resulted in net proceeds of $45,478. On April 27, 2021, the underwriters of the Company’s follow-on public offering exercised, in full, their 15% over–allotment option to purchase an additional 12,500 common shares (the “option shares”) of the Company at the public offering price of $0.60 per share. The Company experiencedclosed the transaction on April 28, 2021 and received net losses in fiscal 2020 and 2019, which also negatively impactedproceeds from the Company’s ability to generate liquidity. During muchsale of this period,the option shares of approximately $6,937, after deducting the applicable underwriting discount.

On April 20, 2021, as the result of the completion of the public offering, the Company significantly restructuredrepaid $56,022 in aggregate outstanding indebtedness under the Former Credit Agreement, including accrued interest, using the net proceeds of its operations, made significant cost reductions, including closingunderwritten public offering and consolidating unprofitable locationsavailable cash. The repaid debt was originally obtained from investors led by MGG Investment Group LP (“MGG”) on April 21, 2017 and eliminating underperforming personnel, implemented strategic management changes,had a maturity date of June 30, 2023. The MGG debt was comprised of a revolving credit facility with a principal balance on the date of repayment of approximately $11,828, which was subject to an annual interest rate comprised of the greater of the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) or 1%, plus a 10% margin (approximately 11% per annum), and intensified focusa term loan with a principal balance on stabilizing the businessdate of repayment of approximately $43,735, which was subject to an annual interest rate of the greater of LIBOR or 1% plus a 10% margin. The term loan also had an annual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rate of 5% in addition to its cash interest rate, which was being added to the term loan principal balance (cash and restoring profitable growth. As a result, management believesPIK interest rate combined of approximately 16% per annum). Accrued interest of approximately $459 was paid in connection with the principal repayments.

F-9

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

On May 14, 2021, the Company had begunentered a Loan, Security and Guaranty Agreement for a $20 million asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility with CIT Bank, N.A. (the “CIT Facility”). Concurrent with the May 14, 2021 closing of the CIT Facility, the Company borrowed $5,326 and utilized these funds to seepay all remaining unpaid Exit and Restructuring Fees due to its operationsformer senior lenders in the amount of $4,978, with the remainder going to direct fees and business stabilize.costs associated with the CIT Facility. Additional information regarding the CIT Facility is presented in Note 9.

Management believes that the Company has adequate cash and working capital and can generate adequate liquidity to meet its obligations for the foreseeable future and at least for one year after the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued.

Coronavirus Pandemic (“COVID-19”), Paycheck Protection Program Loans and Deferral of Federal Payroll Taxes under the CARES Act

 

In approximately mid-March 2020, the Company began to experience the severe negative effects of the economic disruptions resulting from the Coronavirus Pandemic (“COVID-19”).COVID-19. These have included abrupt reductions in demand for the Company’s primary sources of revenue, its temporary and direct hire placements, lost productivity due to business closings both by clients and at the Company’s own operating locations, and the significant disruptive impacts to many other aspects of normal operations. TheseSome effects have continuedof COVID-19 and the subsequent variants of the virus continue to be felt, across all businesses,although to a lesser extent, with the most severe impacts being felt in the commercial (light industrial)industrial segment and, to a lesser extent, in the professional segment including finance, accounting and office clerical (FAO)(“FAO”) contract staffing service end markets within the professional segment.

On June 30, 2020, the Company completed a financial restructuring and eliminated approximately $19,685 of its subordinated indebtedness and approximately $27,695 of its convertible preferred stock as required pursuant to the terms of Seventh Amendment, dated as of April 28, 2020, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017. The Company entered into a Repurchase Agreement for Preferred Stock and Subordinated Notes (the “Repurchase Agreement”), dated as of June 30, 2020 with Ronald R. Smith (“Mr. Smith”), Thrivent Financial for Lutherans (“Thrivent”), Madison Capital Funding LLC (“Madison”), Maurice R. Harrison IV (“Mr. Harrison”), Peter Langlois (“Mr. Langlois”), Vincent Lombardo (“Mr. Lombardo”) and Shane Parr (Mr. Parr, and collectively with Mr. Smith, Thrivent, Madison, Mr. Harrison, Mr. Langlois, and Mr. Lombardo), the “SNI Group Members” pursuant to which the SNI Group Members agreed to allow the Company to repurchase and settle all of the 9.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the “9.5% Notes”), Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value (“Series B Preferred Stock”), 8% Convertible Subordinated Notes (“8% Notes”) and Series C 8% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value (“Series C Preferred Stock”) held by each of them as set forth below. All of the outstanding 9.5% Notes and all of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock were held by SNI Group Members.

F-7

Table of Contents

Management believes that the Company can generate adequate liquidity to meet its obligations for the foreseeable future assuming the negative economic effects of COVID-19 do not worsen, and that economic recovery continues.

As of September 30, 2020, the Company had cash of $14,074, which was an increase of $10,019 from $4,055 as of September 30, 2019. Net working capital as of September 30, 2020 was $13,351, as compared to net working capital of $8,534 for September 30, 2019.

Paycheck Protection Program Loanmarkets.

 

Between April 29 and May 7, 2020, the Company and eight of its operating subsidiaries obtained loans in the aggregate amount of $19,927 for its operating subsidiaries from BBVA USA (“BBVA”)(now known as PNC Bank), as lender, pursuant to the PayrollPaycheck Protection Plan (the “PPP”Program (“PPP”), which was established under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“the CARES(the “CARES Act”) and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). These funds were the only source of financing available to our companies and businesses and have been and continue to bewere critical to our ability to maintain operations, including the employment of our temporary and full-time employees, in order to produceprovide our services and meet our foreseeable liquidity requirements in the midst of this continuingthe worldwide Coronavirus Pandemic. The PPP loans were used primarily to restore employee pay-cuts, recall furloughed or laid-off employees, support the payroll costs for existing employees, hire new employees, and for other allowable purposes including interest costs on certain business mortgage obligations, rent and utilities. The Company received notice of forgiveness for some of these loans and their accrued interest during fiscal 2021 in the amount of $3,456 while the remaining loans were forgiven in fiscal 2022 totaling $16,773 (see Note 10). The Company accounted for the remaining PPP loans as acurrent debt (See Note 9)in the Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2021 in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 470, Debt. Accordingly, the PPP loans were recognized as current and noncurrent debt in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.Debt.  

 

The Company and its subsidiaries, under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES)CARES Act, deferredalso were eligible to defer paying $2,435$3,654, in aggregate, of applicable payroll taxes asincurred during fiscal 2020. One half of September 30, 2020, which is included in long-term liability in the consolidated financial statements. The deferred deposits of the employer’s share of Social Security tax mustwere required to be paid on or before December 31, 2021 to be considered timely (andand avoid a failure to deposit penalty) by December 31, 2021, 50penalty, and the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the eligible deferred amount, and the remaining amountamounts are required to be paid similarly by December 31, 2022. The first half of the required deferred deposits payments totaling $1,827, in aggregate, were paid prior to December 31, 2021, as required. The remaining deferred amounts are included in other current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of September 31, 2022. These amounts will be paid prior to their due date, December 31, 2022, as required.

2. Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for financial information and with the instructions to Article 8 of Regulation S-X.

F-10

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and transactions of the Company and its wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

Management makesThe preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities reported asand the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements as well asand the reported amounts of reported revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Those estimates and assumptions typically involve expectations about events to occur subsequent to the balance sheet date, and it is possible that actualreporting period. Actual results could ultimately differ from thethose estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenues from contracts with customers are generated from direct hire placement services, temporary professional contract services, staffing, and temporary light industrial staffing.contract services. Revenues are recognized when promised services are performed for customers, and in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services. Our revenues are recorded net of variable consideration such as sales adjustments or allowances. Payment terms in our contracts vary by the type and location of our customer and the services offered. The terms between invoicing and when payments are due are not significant.

 

Direct hire placement service revenues from contracts with customers are recognized when employment candidates accept offers of employment, less a provision for estimated credits or refunds to customers as the result of applicants not remaining employed for the entirety of the Company’s guarantee period (referred to as “falloffs”). The Company’s guarantee periods for permanently placed employees generally range from 60 to 90 days from the date of hire. Fees associated with candidate placement are generally calculated as a percentage of the new employee’s annual compensation. No fees for permanent placement services are charged to employment candidates.

 

Temporary staffing service revenues from contracts with customers are recognized in amounts the Company has thea right to invoice as the services are rendered by the Company’s temporary employees. The Company records temporary staffing revenue on a gross basis as a principal versusrather than on a net basis as an agent in the presentation of revenues and expenses. The Company has concluded that gross reporting is appropriate because the Company maintains primary responsibility for and controls the specified service beforestaff members that service is performedit provides to perform services for a customer.its clients. The Company has the risk of identifying and hiring qualified employees as Company employees (as opposed to client employees), has the discretion to select the employees and establish their price, is responsible for compensating them, and bears the risk for services that are not fully paid for by customers.

 

F-8

Table of Contents

Falloffs and refunds during the period are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction of placement service revenues and were approximately $1,375$2,297 in fiscal 20202022 and $2,243$1,598 in fiscal 2019.2021. Expected future falloffs and refunds are estimated and reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction of accounts receivable as described under Accounts Receivable, below.

 

See Note 1514 for disaggregated revenues by segment.

Payment terms in our contracts vary by the type and location of our customer and the services offered. The terms between invoicing and when payments are due are not significant.

 

Cost of Contract Staffing Services

 

The cost of contract services includes the wages and the related payroll taxes, employee benefits and certain other employee-related costs of the Company’s contract service employees while they work on contract assignments.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. As of September 30, 2020,2022, and September 30, 2019,2021, there were no cash equivalents.

F-11

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Cash deposit accounts are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We have never experienced any losses related to these balances.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company extends credit to its various customers based on evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and ability to pay the Company in accordance with the payment terms. An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded as a charge to bad debt expense where collection is considered to be doubtful due to credit issues. An allowance for placement fall-offsfalloffs also is recorded as a reduction of revenues for estimated losses due to applicants not remaining employed for the Company’s guarantee period. These allowances together reflect management’s estimate of the potential losses inherent in the accounts receivable balances, based on historical loss statistics and known factors impacting its customers. Management believes that the nature of the contract service business, wherein client companies are generally dependent on our contract employees in the same manner as permanent employees for their production cycles and the conduct of their respective businesses contributes to a relatively small accounts receivable allowance.

 

As of September 30, 2020,2022 and September 30, 20192021 allowance for doubtful accounts was $2,072$738 and $515,$286, respectively. The Company charges off uncollectible accounts against the allowance once the invoices are deemed unlikely to be collectible. The allowance also includes permanent placement falloff reserves of $287$190 and $197$115 as of September 30, 20202022 and September 30, 2019,2021, respectively.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation expense is calculated on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of five years for computer equipment and two to ten years for office equipment, furniture and fixtures. The Company capitalizes computer software purchased or developed for internal use and amortizes it over an estimated useful life of five years. The carrying value of property and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that it may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset group is greater than its estimated future undiscounted cash flows, the carrying value is written down to the estimated fair value. There was no impairment of property and equipment for fiscal 20202022 and fiscal 2019.

F-9

Table of Contents

2021.

 

Leases

 

The Company determines if a contractual arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, current operating lease liabilities, and noncurrent operating lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company evaluates and classifies leases as operating or finance leases for financial reporting purposes. The classification evaluation begins at the commencement date and the lease term used in the evaluation includes the non-cancellable period for which the Company has the right to use the underlying asset, together with renewal option periods when the exercise of the renewal option is reasonably certain and failure to exercise such option which result in an economic penalty. All the Company’s real estate leases are classified as operating leases. Also, the Company elected the practical expedient which allows aggregation of non-lease components with the related lease components when evaluating accounting treatment.

 

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The lease payments included in the present value are fixed lease payments. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company estimates its collateralized incremental borrowing rate, based on information available at the commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company applies the portfolio approach in applying discount rates to its classes of leases. The operating lease ROU assets include any payments made before the commencement date. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company does not currently have subleases. The Company does not currently have residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants in its leases.

 

F-12

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Goodwill

The Company evaluates its goodwill for possible impairment as prescribed by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Goodwill, at least annually, and more frequently when one or more triggering events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. Under this guidance, annual or interim goodwill impairment testing is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The Company allocates its goodwill among two reporting units: its Professional Services reporting unit and its Industrial Services reporting unit for purposes of evaluation for impairments. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds a reporting unit’s estimated fair value, not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill. In testing for impairments, management applies one or more valuation techniques to estimate the fair values of the reporting units, individual assets or groups of individual assets, as required under the circumstances. These valuation techniques rely on assumptions and other factors, such as industry multiples applied to earnings, estimated future cash flows, the discount rates used to determine the present value of associated cash flows, and market comparable assumptions. These assumptions and factors require significant judgement by the Company in their development.

Intangible Assets

Separately identifiable intangible assets held in the form of customer relationships and trade names were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition and are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from two to ten years using both accelerated and straight-line methods.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets (other than Goodwill)

The Company recognizes an impairment of long-lived intangible assets used in operations, other than goodwill, when events or circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired and the estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated by those assets over their remaining lives are less than the carrying amount of those items. The net carrying value of assets not recoverable is reduced to fair value, which is typically calculated using the discounted cash flow method. For purposes of testing the long-lived assets other than goodwill, long-lived assets are grouped and considered with other assets and liabilities within the Professional and Industrial reporting units. The Company did not record any impairments to its long-lived assets during fiscal 2022 and 2021.

Fair Value Measurement

 

The Company follows the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”)FASB ASC 820, “FairFair Value Measurement”Measurement, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances fair value measurement disclosure. Under these provisions, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

The standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.circumstances when observable inputs are not available. The hierarchy is described below:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.

 

Level 2: Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets but corroborated by market data.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

 

F-13

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The fair value of the Company’s current assets and current liabilities approximate their carrying values due to their short-term nature. The carrying value disclosures of the Company’s long-term liabilities representsapproximate their respective fair values based on current yield for debt instruments with similar terms. The Company has no assets or liabilities which are measured at fair value based on level 3 inputs. Thea recurring basis. Fair value measurements utilized in evaluating the Company’s goodwill and other intangible assets for impairments are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis using levela combination of Level 2 and Level 3 inputs, as discussed in Note 6.inputs.

 

Earnings and Loss per Share

 

Basic earnings and loss per share are computed by dividing net income or loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed giving effect to all potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares may consist of incremental shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted shares granted but unissued, exercise of stock options and warrants and the conversion of notes payable and preferred stock to common stock.warrants. The dilutive effect of outstanding warrants and optionsthe common stock equivalents is reflected in earnings per share by use of the treasury stock method. The dilutive effect of preferred stock is reflected in earnings per share by use of the if-converted method.

F-10

Table of Contents

 

The weighted average dilutive incremental shares, or common stock equivalents, included in the calculations of dilutive shares were 6,356752 and 1,354 for fiscal 2020.2022 and 2021, respectively. Common stock equivalents, which are excluded because their effect is anti-dilutive, were approximately 1,689942 and 12,8321,536 for the fiscal 20202022 and 2019,2021, respectively.

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

September 30,

2019

 

Basic net income (loss) per share computation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$(14,347)

 

$(17,763)

Add: gain on redeemed preferred stock

 

 

24,475

 

 

 

-

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

 

10,128

 

 

 

(17,763)

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

 

15,214

 

 

 

11,840

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

$0.67

 

 

$(1.50)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share computation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

 

10,128

 

 

 

(17,763)

Less: gain on redeemed preferred stock

 

 

(24,475)

 

 

-

 

Less: gain on extinguishment of convertible debt

 

 

(11,405)

 

 

-

 

Add: interest expense on convertible note

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

-

 

Diluted loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$(24,548)

 

$(17,763)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

15,214

 

 

 

11,840

 

Incremental shares attributable to the assumed conversion of preferred stock, convertible debt and exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants

 

 

6,356

 

 

 

-

 

Total adjusted weighted-average shares

 

 

21,570

 

 

 

11,840

 

Diluted net loss per share

 

$(1.14)

 

$(1.50)

For the fiscal 2019, in which net loss has been incurred, all potentially dilutive common shares are considered anti-dilutive and thus are excluded from the calculation.

 

Advertising Expenses

 

The Company expenses the costs of print and internet media advertising and promotions as incurred and reports these costs in selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising expense totaled $1,913$1,981 and $2,322$1,771 for fiscal 20202022 and fiscal 2019,2021, respectively.

 

Goodwill

The Company evaluates its goodwill for possible impairment as prescribed by ASU 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment at least annually and when one or more triggering events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. Under this guidance, annual or interim goodwill impairment testing is performed by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill.

The Company performed annual goodwill impairment testing effective as of September 30, 2020, and allocates its goodwill among two reporting units, its Professional segment and its Commercial segment for purposes of evaluation for impairments. In determining the fair value of our two reporting units, we use one or a combination of commonly accepted valuation methodologies: 1) the income approach, which is based on the present value of discounted cash flows projected for the reporting unit or, in certain instances, capitalization of earnings, and 2) the market approach, which estimates a fair value based on an appropriate revenue and/or earnings multiple(s) derived from comparable companies. These valuation techniques on assumptions and other factors, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting units, the discount rate used to determine the present value of our cash flows and the market multiples of comparable companies utilized. In applying our methods, we also use averages or medians to select assumptions derived from comparable companies or market data, and in the application of the income and/or market approaches if we determine that this will provide a more appropriate estimated fair value or range of fair value estimates of the reporting units. Changes to input assumptions and other factors used or considered in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

F-11

Table of Contents

As a result of the evaluation performed, the carrying value of its net assets exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s Professional segment as of September 30, 2020, while the estimated fair value of the Commercial segment exceeded its net carrying value. The outcome of this goodwill impairment test resulted in a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill of $8,850, which was recorded in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2020. For purposes of performing this goodwill impairment assessment, management applied the valuation techniques and assumptions to its Professional and Commercial segments as reporting units discussed above and also considered recent trends in the Company’s stock price, implied control or acquisition premiums, and other possible factors and their effects on estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units.

Management also considered the Company’s market capitalization, as recently reported on the NYSE American exchange, in conducting its assessment, which has been lower than its consolidated net book value (consolidated stockholders’ equity). Management believes that the continuing declines in global economic and labor market conditions and other disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic that have negatively impacted the Company’s business and operating results also are a contributing factor to the Company’s recent stock prices, market capitalization, and potentially, the value of its goodwill resulting, in part, in the non-cash impairment charge recognized during fiscal 2020. Management believes and expects that these conditions, including those impacting the Company, are improving and will continue to improve. However, there can be no assurance that the Company’s goodwill or other long-lived assets will not become impaired in the future.

The Company adopted ASU 2017-04 in 2019. Due to a previous sustained decline in the market capitalization of our common stock during the third quarter of 2019, we also performed a goodwill impairment test in accordance with the provisions of ASU 2017-04, and recognized a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill of $4,300 in fiscal 2019.

Intangible Assets

Separately identifiable intangible assets held in the form of customer lists, non-compete agreements, customer relationships, management agreements and trade names were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition and are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from two to ten years using both accelerated and straight-line methods.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets (other than Goodwill)

The Company recognizes an impairment of long-lived assets used in operations, other than goodwill, when events or circumstances indicate that these assets might be impaired and the estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated by those assets over their remaining lives are less than the carrying amount of those items. In the event the net carrying value of the Company’s long-lived assets are determined not to be recoverable, they are reduced to fair value, which is typically calculated using one or a combination of the relief from royalty method, the multiple of excess cash flow method, and/or other applicable adaptations of the discounted cash flow method. For purposes of testing the long-lived assets other than goodwill, long-lived assets are grouped and considered with other assets and liabilities within the Professional and Commercial segments. The Company did not record any impairments to its long-lived assets during fiscal 2020 and 2019.

Beneficial Conversion Feature

The Company evaluates embedded conversion features within a convertible instrument under ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging to determine whether the embedded conversion feature(s) should be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as a derivative at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. If the conversion feature does not require treatment under ASC 815, the instrument is evaluated under ASC 470-20 Debt with Conversion and Other Options for consideration of any beneficial feature.

The Company records a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) when the convertible instrument is issued with conversion features at fixed or adjustable rates that are below market value when issued. The BCF for convertible instruments is recognized and measured by allocating a portion of the proceeds equal to the intrinsic value of that feature to additional paid-in capital. The intrinsic value is generally calculated at the commitment date as the difference between the conversion price and the fair value of the common stock or other securities into which the security is convertible, multiplied by the number of shares into which the security is convertible. If certain other securities are issued with the convertible security, the proceeds are allocated among the different components. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the convertible security is divided by the contractual number of the conversion shares to determine the effective conversion price, which is used to measure the BCF. The effective conversion price is used to compute the intrinsic value. The value of the BCF is limited to the basis that is initially allocated to the convertible security.

F-12

Table of Contents

The BCF for the convertible instrument is recorded as a reduction, or discount, to the carrying amount of the convertible instrument equal to the fair value of the conversion feature. The discount is then amortized as interest or deemed dividends over the period from the date of the convertible instrument’s issuance to the earliest redemption date, provided that the convertible instrument is not currently redeemable but probable of becoming redeemable in the future. As a result of the settlement and conversion of the Company’s subordinated debt and preferred stock as of June 30, 2020, the Company charged off the remaining unamortized BCF associated with these instruments to interest expense and a gain was recognized from extinguishment of its convertible subordinated debt.

Stock-BasedShare-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-basedshare-based awards to employees in accordance with FASB ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”Compensation-Stock Compensation, which requires compensation expense related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be measured and recognized in the financial statements based on a determination of the fair value of the stock options.options or restricted stock grants. The grant date fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”("Black-Scholes") pricing model. For all employee stock options we recognizeand restricted stock grants, the Company recognizes expense on an accelerated basis over the employee’semployee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant). and records an estimate for forfeitures. The Company’sCompany's option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility, and expected term, and forfeiture rate.term. Any changes in these highly subjective assumptions significantly impact stock-basedour share-based compensation expense.

Options awarded to purchase shares of common stock issued to non-employees in exchange for services are accounted for as variable awards in accordance with FASB ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”. Such options are valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

See Note 11 for the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock-basedshare-based employee and non-employee compensation. Upon the exercise of options, it is the Company’sCompany's policy to issue new shares rather than utilizing treasury shares.

 

Income Taxes

 

We accountThe Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

F-14

Table of Contents

We recognize

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe thatit is believed these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence is considered, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If we determineIn the event it is determined that wethe Company would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of theirthe net recorded amount, wean adjustment would make an adjustmentbe made to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

 

We recordThe Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determinedetermines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognizethe Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

 

We recognize and group interestInterest and penalties if any, withrelated to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of September 30, 2020,2022 and September 30, 2019,2021, no material accrued interest or penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

F-13

Table of Contents

Reclassification

Certain reclassifications have been made to the financial statements as of and for the years ended September 30, 2020 to conform to the current year presentation with no effect on total expenses or net loss.

Segment Data

The Company provides the following distinctive services: (a) direct hire placement services, and (b) temporary professional contract services staffing in the fields of information technology, engineering, medical, and accounting, and (c) temporary contract light industrial staffing. The Company’s services can be divided into two reportable segments, Industrial Staffing Services and Professional Staffing Services. Selling, general and administrative expenses are not entirely allocated among the Industrial and Professional Staffing Services segments. Operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance. Other factors, including type of business, type of employees, length of employment and revenue recognition are considered in determining the Company’s operating segments.

 

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Lease Accounting. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), which introduces the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous ASC 840 guidance. The original guidance required application on a modified retrospective basis with the earliest period presented. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to ASC 842, which includes an option to not restate comparative periods in transition and elect to use the effective date of ASC 842, Leases, as the date of initial application of transition. We adopted this guidance as of October 1, 2019 and elected the transition method provided under ASU 2018-11. This standard has a material effect on our consolidated balance sheets with the recognition of new right of use assets and lease liabilities for all operating leases, except for those leases where we elected the short-term lease recognition exemption, as these leases have a non-cancelable lease term of approximately one year or less. Adoption of the new standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. As of the transition date, the ROU asset and total lease liability (current and long-term) were $5,900 and $6,341, respectively.

The Company elected the package of practical expedients available under the transition provisions of the new lease standard, including (i) not reassessing whether expired or existing contracts contain leases, (ii) lease classification, and (iii) not revaluing initial direct costs for existing leases. Also, the Company elected the practical expedient which allows aggregation of non-lease components with the related lease components when evaluating accounting treatment. Lastly, the Company applied the modified retrospective adoption method, utilizing the simplified transition option available in the ASC 842, which allows entities to continue to apply the legacy guidance in ASC 840, including its disclosure requirements, in the comparative periods presented in the year of adoption. See Note 5 for further discussion of leases.

Stock Compensation. In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions. The amendments specify that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those reporting periods, with early adoption permitted (but no sooner than the adoption of Topic 606). The Company adopted the new guidance as of October 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-14

Table of Contents

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

 

Current Expected Credit Losses Model. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (“ASC 326”), authoritative guidance amending how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The guidance requires the application of a current expected credit loss model, which is a new impairment model based on expected losses. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periodsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not yet determined the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This ASU simplifies accounting for income taxes by removing the following exceptions: (1) exception to the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation, (2) exceptions to accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments, and (3) exception in interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. The ASU also improves financial statement preparers’ application of income tax related guidance for franchise taxes that are partially based on income; transactions with a government that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill; separate financial statements of legal entities that are not subject to tax; and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods. The ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU 2019-12 became effective as of October 1, 2021 and had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. This ASU is effective for all entities beginning as of its date of effectiveness, March 12, 2020. The guidance is temporary and can be applied through December 31, 2022. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, to provide supplemental guidance and to further clarify the scope of the amended guidance. The guidance has not impacted the consolidated financial statements to date. The Company will continue to monitor the impact of the ASU on our consolidated financial statements in the future.

F-15

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

No other recent accounting pronouncements were issued by FASB and the SEC that are believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s present or future financial statements.

 

4. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

September 30,

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer software

 

$1,535

 

 

$1,497

 

Office equipment, furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements

 

 

3,595

 

 

 

3,599

 

Total property and equipment, at cost

 

 

5,130

 

 

 

5,096

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(4,224)

 

 

(4,244)

Property and equipment, net

 

$906

 

 

$852

 

Depreciation expense for fiscal 2020 and 2019 was $248 and $349, respectively.

 

 

September 30,

2022

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer software

 

$481

 

 

$462

 

Office equipment, furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements

 

 

3,739

 

 

 

3,042

 

Total property and equipment, at cost

 

 

4,220

 

 

 

3,504

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(3,080)

 

 

(2,739)

Property and equipment, net

 

$1,140

 

 

$765

 

 

5. Leases

The Company occasionally acquires equipment under finance leases including hardware and software used by our IT department to improve security and capacity, vehicles used by our Industrial Segment, and certain furniture for our offices. Terms for these leases generally range from two to six years.

Supplemental cash flow information related to finance leases consisted of the following:

 

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

Cash paid for finance lease liabilities

 

$168

 

 

$95

 

Acquisition of equipment with finance lease

 

$420

 

 

$76

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to finance leases consisted of the following:

 

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

Weighted average remaining lease term for finance leases

 

3.3 years

 

 

3.5 years

 

Weighted average discount rate for finance leases

 

 

7.3%

 

 

9.9%

The table below reconciles the undiscounted future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable finance lease agreements to the total finance lease liabilities recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2022:

Fiscal 2023

 

$242

 

Fiscal 2024

 

 

166

 

Fiscal 2025

 

 

108

 

Fiscal 2026

 

 

105

 

Fiscal 2027

 

 

21

 

Less: Imputed interest

 

 

(69)

Present value of finance lease liabilities (a)

 

$573

 

(a)

Includes current portion of $208 for finance leases.

F-16

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company leases space for all its branch offices, which are generally located either in downtown or suburban business centers, and for its corporate headquarters. Branch offices are generally leased over periods ranging from three to five years. The corporate office lease expires in 2021.2026. The Company’s leases generally provide for payment of basic rent plus a share of building real estate taxes, maintenance costs and utilities.

 

Operating lease expenses were $2,433$2,163 and $2,872$2,191 for fiscal 20202022 and 2019,2021, respectively.

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

Cash paid for operating lease liabilities

 

$1,946

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

$733

 

 

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

Cash paid for operating lease liabilities

 

$1,994

 

 

$1,893

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

$294

 

 

$656

 

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating leases consisted of the following:

 

Fiscal 2020

Weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases

2.4 years

Weighted average discount rate for operating leases

6.0%

F-15

Table of Contents

 

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

Weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases

 

1.8 years

 

 

2.7 years

 

Weighted average discount rate for operating leases

 

 

5.9%

 

 

5.9%

  

The table below reconciles the undiscounted future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements having initial terms in excess of one year to the total operating lease liabilities recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020,2022, including certain closed offices are as follows:

 

Fiscal 2021

 

$1,848

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

1,686

 

Fiscal 2023

 

 

1,159

 

Fiscal 2024

 

 

898

 

Fiscal 2025

 

 

434

 

Thereafter

 

 

108

 

Less: Imputed interest

 

 

(591)

Present value of operating lease liabilities (a)

 

$5,542

 

Fiscal 2023

 

$1,472

 

Fiscal 2024

 

 

1,172

 

Fiscal 2025

 

 

602

 

Fiscal 2026

 

 

194

 

Fiscal 2027

 

 

29

 

Less: Imputed interest

 

 

(247)

Present value of operating lease liabilities (a)

 

$3,222

 

 

(a) Includes current portion of $1,615

(b)

Includes current portion of $1,333 for operating leases.

 

F-17

Disclosures related to periods prior to adoption of ASU 2016-02

Table of Contents

 

The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 using a modified retrospective adoption method at October 1, 2019 as noted in Note 3. As of September 30, 2019, future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable lease agreements having initial terms in excess of one year, including certain closed offices are as follows:

Fiscal 2020

 

$1,990

 

Fiscal 2021

 

 

1,597

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

1,485

 

Fiscal 2023

 

 

1,007

 

Fiscal 2024

 

 

779

 

Thereafter

 

 

427

 

Total

 

$7,285

 

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill asset for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 was $63,443 and $72,293, respectively. As a result of the evaluation performed, the carrying value of its net assets exceeded the estimated fair value of the Company’s Professional segment as of September 30, 2020, while the estimated fair value2022 and 2021, consisted of the Commercial segment exceeded its net carrying value. The outcome of this goodwill impairment test resulted in a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill of $8,850, which was recorded in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2020. following:

 

 

September 30, 2022

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Acquisition Value

 

 

Accumulated Impairment

 

 

Net Book Value

 

 

Acquisition Value

 

 

Accumulated Impairment

 

 

Net Book Value

 

Goodwill

 

$76,593

 

 

$(15,300)

 

$61,293

 

 

$76,593

 

 

$(13,150)

 

$63,443

 

For purposes of performing thisits annual goodwill impairment assessment management mainlyas of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company applied the valuation techniques and assumptions to its professional and industrial segments as reporting units discussed in Note 2, above; and also considered recent trends in the Company’s stock price, estimatedimplied control or acquisition premium,premiums, earnings, and other possible factors and their effects on estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units.

 

Due to a previous sustained declineThe Company completed its most recent annual goodwill impairment assessment, as of September 30, 2022, and determined that its goodwill was not impaired. During the first fiscal quarter of 2022, the amount of discount inherent in the Company’s market capitalization of our common stock duringas reported on the third quarter of 2019, we also performed aNYSE American exchange when compared with consolidated stockholders’ equity, or net book value, had increased since the annual goodwill impairment test in accordanceassessment as of September 30, 2021; therefore, the Company performed an interim assessment of its goodwill for impairment as of December 31, 2021. The estimated fair values of its Professional Services and Industrial Services reporting units were adjusted based on qualitative and quantitative analysis so that they reconcile more precisely with the provisionsCompany’s market capitalization as of ASU 2017-04, andDecember 31, 2021, plus an assumed control premium. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge forof $2,150 during fiscal 2022. Upon completion of the prior annual goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2021, it was determined that the Company’s goodwill of $4,300 in fiscal 2019.

F-16

Table of Contents

was not impaired.

 

Intangible Assets

 

The following tables set forth the costs, accumulated amortization and net book value of the Company’s separately identifiable intangible assets as of September 30, 20202022 and September 30, 20192021 and estimated future amortization expense.

 

 

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

September 30, 2019

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Book Value

 

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Book Value

 

Customer relationships

 

$29,070

 

 

$13,188

 

 

$15,882

 

 

$29,070

 

 

$10,321

 

 

$18,749

 

Trade names

 

 

8,329

 

 

 

5,379

 

 

 

2,950

 

 

 

8,329

 

 

 

3,958

 

 

 

4,371

 

Non-Compete agreements

 

 

4,331

 

 

 

4,320

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

4,331

 

 

 

3,570

 

 

 

761

 

Total 

 

$41,730

 

 

$22,887

 

 

$18,843

 

 

$41,730

 

 

$17,849

 

 

$23,881

 

 

 

September 30, 2022

 

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Book Value

 

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Net Book Value

 

Customer relationships

 

$29,070

 

 

$(18,482)

 

$10,588

 

 

$29,070

 

 

$(15,844)

 

$13,226

 

Trade names

 

 

8,329

 

 

 

(7,632)

 

 

697

 

 

 

8,329

 

 

 

(6,801)

 

 

1,528

 

Total 

 

$37,399

 

 

$(26,114)

 

$11,285

 

 

$37,399

 

 

$(22,645)

 

$14,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Amortization Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2023

 

$2,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2024

 

 

2,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2025

 

 

2,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2026

 

 

1,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2027

 

 

916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$11,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-18

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

Estimated Amortization Expense

Fiscal 2021

 

$4,088

 

Fiscal 2022

 

 

3,469

 

Fiscal 2023

 

 

2,879

 

Fiscal 2024

 

 

2,879

 

Fiscal 2025

 

 

2,741

 

Thereafter

 

 

2,787

 

 

 

$18,843

 

The trade names are amortized on a straight – line basis over the estimated useful life of between five and ten years. Intangible assets that represent customer relationships are amortized on the basis of estimated future undiscounted cash flows or using the straight – linestraight-line basis over estimated remaining useful lives of five to ten years. Non-compete agreementsTrade names are amortized based on a straight-line basis over the termtheir respective estimated useful lives of the respective non-compete agreements, which are typicallybetween five years in duration.

The amortization expense for intangible assets was $5,038 and $5,586 for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively.ten years.

 

7. Accrued Compensation

 

Accrued Compensation is comprised of accrued wages, the related payroll taxes, employee benefits of the Company’sCompany's employees, including those working on contract assignments, commissions earned and not yet paid and estimated commissions and bonuses payable.

 

8. Former Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan

Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement

 

The Company and its subsidiaries, as borrowers, arewere parties to a Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement (the “Credit“Former Credit Agreement”) with certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP (“MGG”).MGG. The principal and remaining unpaid accrued interest and fee balances under the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan balances outstanding under the Former Credit Agreement, as amended, maturewere fully repaid and the Former Credit Agreement was retired on June 30, 2023.April 20, 2021. Additional information regarding the repayment of the Former Credit Agreement is presented in Note 1.

 

Revolving Credit9. Senior Bank Loan, Security and Guarantee Agreement

On May 14, 2021, the Company and its subsidiaries entered a Loan, Security and Guaranty Agreement for a $20 million asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility with CIT Bank, N.A. The CIT Facility is collateralized by 100% of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries who are co-borrowers and/or guarantors. The CIT Facility matures on the fifth anniversary of the closing date (May 14, 2026).

 

As of September 30, 2020,2022, the Company had $11,828 inno outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which accrued interest at an annual effective rate of approximately 11%.

Outstanding balances and corresponding amounts available to be borrowed or required to be repaid under the Revolving Credit Facility are determined using an agreed upon borrowing base calculation, which allows the Company to borrow amounts of up to 85% of its eligible outstanding accounts receivable, excluding specified past due balances and which amounts are further reduced for certain reserves and set asides under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had $1,592 then currently$15,352 available for borrowing under the terms of the Revolving CreditCIT Facility.

In addition to the Company’s accounts receivable, the Revolving Credit Facility is secured by all the Company’s property and assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, and whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or in which it now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interests.

F-17

Table of Contents

Term Loan

The Company had outstanding balances under its Term Loan, as follows:

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

September 30,

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loan

 

$42,646

 

 

$41,905

 

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(4,894)

 

 

(1,208)
Term loan, net of discount

 

 

37,752

 

 

 

40,697

 

Short term portion of term loan, net of discounts

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,668

 

Long term portion of term loan, net of discounts

 

$37,752

 

 

$36,029

 

The Term Loan is payable as follows, subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or termination of the Credit Agreement and provided that any and all unpaid principal, accrued and unpaid interest and all unpaid fees and expenses shall be due and payable in full on maturity as of June 30, 2023. Principal and accrued interest payments are required as follows: fiscal 2021- $889, fiscal 2022 – $1,778, and fiscal 2023 - $39,979.

The Company also has been required to make prepayments on the Term Loanhad $561 in amounts equal to the Specified Excess Cash Flow Amount (as defined in the agreement) for the immediately preceding fiscal year, commencingunamortized debt issue cost associated with the CIT Facility. The amortization expense of these debt costs totaled $153 and $51 for fiscal year ending September 30, 2019 (refer to Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, below, which includes certain modifications to this prepayment requirement). To date, the Company has not been required to make any prepayments on the Term Loan.

As of September 30, 2020, the Company had $42,646 in outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility that was at an interest of approximately 11%, plus additional interest at an annual rate 5% in the form of PIK (noncash, paid-in-kind), which accrues2022 and is added to the balance of the Term Loan on a monthly basis.

The Credit Agreement includes financial and other restrictive covenants. Financial covenants include minimum fixed charge coverage ratios, minimum EBITDA, as defined under the Credit Agreement to include certain adjustments, and maximum senior leverage ratios. The Company measures and certifies these covenants quarterly. The financial covenants are measured on a trailing four quarter basis as of the end of each quarter. The Company met its financial covenants for the trailing four quarters ended September 30, 2020.

The Credit Agreement also permits capital expenditures up to a certain level and contains customary default and acceleration provisions. The Credit Agreement also restricts, above certain levels, acquisitions, incurrence of additional indebtedness, and payment of dividends.

Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement

On April 28, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into Seventh Amendment, dated as of April 28, 2020 (the “Seventh Amendment”), to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). The Seventh Amendment represents the most significant loan modification of the Company’s Credit Agreement since inception. The Company and its senior lenders previously entered into the Sixth Amendment on February 12, 2020, while negotiating and in contemplation of the larger loan modification contained in Seventh Amendment.

The Seventh Amendment extends the maturity of the Credit Agreement from June 30, 2021, to June 30, 2023, lowered cash interest approximately 500 basis points (5%) per annum, postponed quarterly principal payments to recommence beginning June 30, 2021, and reduced the amounts of quarterly principal payments from the current $500 per quarter to $446. The Company has agreed to pay 5% PIK (non-cash, paid-in-kind) interest on the Term Loan only, which is accrued and added to the balance of the Term Loan, and to pay a restructuring fee of $3,478 and an exit fee of $1,500, which became fully earned upon the effective date, but are payable upon the occurrence of a triggering event. The triggering events include a change in control, refinancing, maturity, or other termination of the senior loans, and in the case of the restructuring fee, an acquisition by the Company also is considered a triggering event. In addition, the Company has agreed that for each six-month period commencing with the period ending on March 31, 2021 and for each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending on September 30, 2021, it shall utilize its “Specified Excess Cash Flow Amount” (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to repay amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

F-18

Table of Contents

respectively.

 

Under the Seventh Amendment, the Company also agreedCIT Facility, advances will be subject to the conditiona borrowing base formula that it will pursue, negotiate, and execute conversionsis computed based on 85% of all of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debt and preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock. In the event the Company was able to meet the conversion conditions of the agreement, it would have then had the option to settle the restructuring fee, exit fee, and accumulated PIK balance, each when due, in cash or in shares of the Company’s common stock. In the case of the latter, the amount or number of shares distributable to the Senior Lenders would be determined using the most favorable conversion rate at which the holders of the Company’s subordinated indebtedness or preferred stock converted their securities to shares of common stockeligible accounts receivable of the Company in their conversion transactions.

On June 30, 2020, the Company completed the transactions contemplated above,and subsidiaries as planned, except that the Company was able to settle a significant portion of outstanding subordinated debt and preferred stock for cash and at very attractive terms, thereby eliminating the need to issue substantially more of its common stock and avoiding significant dilution to existing shareholders. (Refer to Ninth Amendment to Credit Agreement, below.)

Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement and CARES Act Payroll Protection Program Loans

On May 5, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into nine (9) unsecured promissory notes payable under CARES Act Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) and received net funds totaling $19,927 in order to obtain needed relief funds for allowable expenses under the CARES Act PPP. On May 5, 2020, the Company also entered into Eighth Amendment, dated as of May 5, 2020 (the “Eighth Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The Eighth Amendment to the Credit Agreement serves as the conforming amendment under the Credit Agreement to enable the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into the PPP loans and additional permitted indebtedness in compliance with the Credit Agreement.

Ninth Amendment to Credit Agreement

On June 30, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into Ninth Amendment, dated as of June 30, 2020 (the “Ninth Amendment”), to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017 (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Under the Ninth Amendment, the Company’s senior lender agreed to modify the earlier conversion condition of the Seventh Amendment and allow the Company to settle a significant portion of the subordinated debt and preferred stock with up to $5,100 in cash, instead of by converting all of it into the Company’s common stock. In exchange, the Company agreed to settle the exit and restructuring fees agreed todefined in the Seventh Amendment totaling $4,978, which were accruedCIT Facility, and subject to certain other criteria, conditions, and applicable reserves, including any additional eligibility requirements as determined by the administrative agent. The CIT Facility is subject to usual and customary covenants and events of September 30, 2020, in cash or in sharesdefault for credit facilities of the Company’s common stock, except under the Ninth Amendment, the determination of cash or stock would be at the Senior Lender’s discretion and no longerthis type. The interest rate, at the Company’s discretionelection, will be based on either the Base Rate, as provideddefined, plus the applicable margin; or LIBOR (or any successor thereto) for the applicable interest period, subject to a 1% floor, plus the applicable margin. The CIT Facility also contains provisions addressing the potential future replacement of LIBOR utilized and referenced in the earlier Seventh Amendment.

On December 22, 2020,loan agreement, in the Companyevent LIBOR becomes no longer available. In addition to interest costs on advances outstanding, the CIT Facility will provide for an unused line fee ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% depending on the amount of undrawn credit, original issue discount and its subsidiaries entered into a letter amendment, dated as of December 22, 2020, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loancertain fees for diligence, implementation, and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017 (as amended, amendedadministration. The unused line fees incurred and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Under the letter amendment, the Company’s senior lender agreed to modify settlement date for the exitincluded in interest expense totaled $101 and restructuring fees, which are now due to be settled on or before June 30, 2021.

F-19

Table of Contents

$39 in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

9.10. CARES Act Payroll Protection Program Loans

 

Between April 29 and May 7, 2020, the Company obtained PPP loans for each of its operating subsidiaries a loan from BBVA USA (“BBVA”) pursuant to the Payroll Protection Plan (the “PPP”) which was established under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“the CARES Act”) and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The PPP loans were necessary to support ongoing operations due to current economic hardship, uncertainty, and the significant negative effects on the business operations and activity levels of the applicants attributable to COVID-19 including the impact of “lock-downs”, “quarantines” and “shut-downs”.subsidiaries. The PPP loans were used primarily to restore employee pay-cuts, recall furloughed or laid-off employees, support the payroll costs for existing employees, hire new employees, and for other allowable purposes including interest costs on certain business mortgage and other obligations, rent and utilities. Each of the Company’s subsidiarysubsidiaries executed a separate promissory note evidencing unsecured loans under the PPP. The following promissory notes were executed by the Company and its subsidiaries: GEE Group Inc., for $1,992 (the “GEE Group Note”),$1,992; Scribe Solutions, Inc. for $277 (the “Scribe Note”),$277; Agile Resources, Inc. is for $1,206 (the “Agile Note”),$1,206; Access Data Consulting Corporation for $1,456 (the “Access Note”),$1,456; Paladin Consulting, Inc. for $1,925 (the “Paladin Note”),$1,925; SNI Companies, Inc. for $10,000 (the “SNI Note”),$10,000; Triad Personnel Services, Inc. for $404 (the “Triad Personnel Note”),$404; Triad Logistics, Inc. for $78 (the “Triad Logistics Note”),$78; and BMCH, Inc. for $2,589 (the “BMCH Note”). The GEE Group Note, the Scribe Note, the Agile Note, the Access Note, the Paladin Note, the SNI Note, the Triad Personnel Note, the Triad Logistics Note, and the BMCH Note are referred to together as the “PPP Notes” and each individually as a “PPP Note”. The loans evidenced by the PPP Notes (the “PPP Loans”) are being made through BBVA as the lender. Principal and accrued interest payments are due and payable as follows: fiscal 2021- $2,243, and fiscal 2022 – $17,779.$2,589.

 

F-19

The PPP Loans have two-year terms and bear interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum. Monthly principal and interest payments under the PPP Loans are deferred to either (1) the date that SBA remits the borrower’s loan forgiveness amount to the lender or (2) if the borrower does not apply for loan forgiveness, 10 months after the end of the borrower’s loan forgiveness covered period. The PPP Loans may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties.

Table of Contents

 

10. Subordinated Debt – Convertible and Non - Convertible

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company had outstanding balances underand its Convertibleoperating subsidiaries have been granted forgiveness of their respective PPP loans by the SBA. During fiscal 2021, the PPP loans and Non-Convertible Subordinated Debt agreements, as follows:

 

 

September 30,

2020

 

 

September 30,

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10% Convertible Subordinated Note

 

$-

 

 

$4,185

 

Subordinated Promissary Note

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,000

 

9.5% Convertible Subordinated Note

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,500

 

8% Convertible Subordinated Notes, net of discount, due to related parties

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,269

 

Total subordinated debt, convertible and non-convertible

 

 

-

 

 

 

18,954

 

Short term portion of subordinated debt, convertible and non-convertible

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,000)
Long term portion of subordinated debt, convertible and non-convertible

 

$-

 

 

$17,954

 

10% Convertible Subordinated Note

The Company had a Subordinated Note payable to JAX Legacy – Investment 1, LLC (“JAX Legacy”)interest were forgiven for Access Data Consulting Corporation, Agile Resources, Inc., pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated October 2, 2015,Scribe Solutions Inc., Triad Logistics, Inc., and Triad Personnel Services, Inc., in the amountamounts of $4,185.

On April 3, 2017,$1,470, $1,220, $279, $79, and $408, respectively. The Company’s remaining four PPP loans and interest for GEE Group Inc., BMCH, Inc., Paladin Consulting, Inc., and SNI Companies, Inc. were forgiven in fiscal 2022 in the amounts of $2,024, $2,630, $1,956, and $10,163, respectively. As a result, the Company recognized aggregate gains of $16,773 and JAX Legacy amended$3,456 during fiscal 2022 and restated the Subordinated Note in its entirety in the form of a 10% Convertible Subordinated Note (the “10% Note”) in the aggregate principal amount of $4,185. The maturity date was on October 3, 2021, (the “Maturity Date”). The 10% Note was convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a conversion price equal to $5.83 per share. All or any portion of the 10% Note was redeemable by the Company for cash at any time on or after April 3, 2018 that the average daily VWAP of the Company’s Common Stock reported on the principal trading market for the Common Stock exceeded the then applicable Conversion Price for a period of 20 trading days. The redemption price was an amount equal to 100% of the then outstanding principal amount of the 10% Note being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, the Company issued approximately 756 and 408 shares of common stock to Jax Legacy as payment-in-kind interest of approximately $314 and $419, respectively, on the 10% Note.

On June 30, 2020, the Company and Jax Legacy, the sole holder of the Company’s 10% Note entered into a Note Conversion Agreement (the “Note Conversion Agreement”) whereby Jax Legacy agreed to immediately convert the $4,185 aggregate principal amount of the 10% Note to 718 shares of Common Stock at the $5.83 per share conversion rate stated in the 10% Notes. The conversion of the 10% Note was executed on June 30, 2020 and the Company issued 718 shares of Common Stock to Jax Legacy on that date.

F-20

Table of Contents

Subordinated Promissory Note

On January 20, 2017, the Company entered into Addendum No. 1 (the “Addendum”) to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2016 (the “Paladin Agreement”) by and among the Company and Enoch S. Timothy and Dorothy Timothy (collectively, the “Sellers”). Pursuant to the terms of the Addendum, the Company and the Sellers agreed (a) that the conditions to the “Earnouts” (as defined in the Paladin Agreement) had been satisfied or waived and (b) that the amounts payable to the Sellers in connection with the Earnouts shall be amended and restructured as follows: (i) the Company paid $250 in cash to the Sellers prior to January 31, 2017 (the “Earnout Cash Payment”) and (ii) the Company issued to the Sellers a subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $1,000 (the “Subordinated Note”). The Subordinated Note originally bore interest at the rate of 5.5% per annum. Interest on the Subordinated Note was payable monthly and principal could only be paid in stock until the term loan and Revolving Credit Facility was repaid.

On February 8, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries, as Borrowers, entered into a first amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the Subordinated Note, dated as of January 20, 2017 (the “Subordinated Note”). Under the First Amendment, the Company and its lender agreed to amend Subordinated Note to change maturity date to January 20, 2022.

On June 30, 2020, the Company and Enoch S. Timothy and Dorothy Timothy entered into a Note Settlement Agreement (the “Note Settlement Agreement”). Timothy agreed to accept an aggregate amount of $89 in cash consideration for the purchase by the Company of the $1,000 aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Note dated January 20, 2017. The Subordinated Note was settled at a conversion rate of $5.83 per share (the agreed conversion price at which the Subordinated Note would be convertible to Common Stock) and purchased at $0.52 per share (the closing price on the NYSE American for the Common Stock on June 16, 2020). The Timothy note settlement amount was paid to Timothy on June 30, 2020.

9.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes

On April 3, 2017, the Company issued and paid to certain SNIH Stockholders as part of the acquisition of SNIH an aggregate of $12,500 in the form of 9.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the “9.5% Notes”). The maturity date was October 3, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”). The 9.5% Notes were convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a conversion price equal to $5.83 per share. Interest on the 9.5% Notes accrued at the rate of 9.5% per annum and was payable quarterly in arrears on June 30, September 30, December 31 and March 31, beginning on June 30, 2017, on each conversion date with respect to the 9.5% Notes (as to that principal amount then being converted), and on the Maturity Date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”). At the option of the Company, interest was payable on an Interest Payment Date either in cash or in shares of Common Stock of the Company, which Common Stock was valued based on the terms of the agreement, subject to certain limitations defined in the loan agreement. Each of the 9.5% Notes was subordinated in payment to the obligations of the Company under its Credit Agreement pursuant to Subordination and Inter-creditor Agreements dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among the Company, the Credit Agreement lenders, and each of the holders of the 9.5% Notes.

During the fiscal 2020 and 2019 the Company issued approximately 2,039 shares and 1,096 shares of common stock to the SNI Sellers as payment-in-kind interest of approximately $890 and $1,188, respectively, on the 9.5% Notes.

On June 30, 2020, the holders of the 9.5% Notes agreed to accept an aggregate amount of $1,115 in cash in consideration for the purchase by the Company of the entire $12,500 aggregate principal amount of the 9.5% Notes. The 9.5% Notes were settled at a conversion rate of $5.83 (the price at which the 9.5% Notes were converted into shares of the Company’s common stock and purchased by the Company at $0.52 (the closing price on the NYSE American for the Common Stock on June 16, 2020). The payment was made to the note holders on June 30, 2020.

F-21

Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

On June 30, 2020, the Company and the SNI Group Members entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2020 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to file on or prior to July 31, 2020, an initial registration statement with respect to the resale of shares of Common Stock currently owned by the SNI Group members that are “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) on or prior to July 31, 2020. In addition, the Company has agreed that it shall, on one occasion, on or after September 30, 2020 and upon the written request of the holders of 51% or more of the Registrable Securities, file a registration statement with respect to the Registrable Securities held by such holders. The demanding holders may require, in connection with the registration, that such demand registration take the form of an underwritten public offering of such Registrable Securities. The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that for a period of three years after the closing date of the Restructuring, the holders of Registrable Securities shall have piggyback registration rights with respect to all registration statements filed by the Company (other than those on Form S-4 or Form S-8).

8% Convertible Subordinated Notes to Related Parties

On May 15, 2019, the Company issued and sold to members of its executive management and Board of Directors (the “Investors”) $2,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 8% Notes. The maturity date of the 8% Notes was on October 3, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”). The 8% Notes were converted into shares of the Company’s Series C 8% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) at a conversion price equal to $1.00 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in the 8% Notes upon any stock dividend, stock combination or stock split or upon the consummation of certain fundamental transactions) (the “Conversion Price”). Interest on the 8% Notes accrued at the rate of 8% per annum and was payable quarterly in non-cash payments-in-kind (“PIK”) in arrears on June 30, September 30, December 31, and March 31, beginning on June 30, 2019, on each conversion date with respect to the 8% Notes (as to that principal amount then being converted), and on the Maturity Date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest was payable on an Interest Payment Date in shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company, which Series C Preferred Stock was valued at its liquidation value. All or any portion of the 8% Notes was redeemable by the Company for cash at any time. The redemption price was an amount equal to 100% of the then outstanding principal amount of the 8% Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid PIK interest thereon. The Company could, at its option, prepay any portion of the principal amount of the 8% Notes without the prior consent of the holders thereof; provided, however, that any prepayments of the 8% Notes shall be made on a pro rata basis to all holders of 8% Notes based on the aggregate principal amount of 8% Notes held by such holders. The Company was required to prepay the 8% Notes together with accrued and unpaid PIK interest thereon upon the consummation by the Company of any “Change of Control”.

The Company issued 104 and 60 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Investors related to interest of $104 and $60 on the 8% Notes for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively.

 

The BCF forformer PPP loans obtained by GEE Group Inc., and its operating subsidiaries together as an affiliated group, exceeded the 8% Notes was recorded as a discount$2,000 audit threshold established by the SBA, and therefore, will be subject to their carrying value and was equal toaudit by the fair valueSBA in the future. If any of the conversion feature uponnine forgiven PPP loans are reinstated in whole or in part as the dateresult of issuance. The discount was being amortized as interest overa future audit, a charge or charges would be incurred, accordingly, and they would need to be repaid. If the periodcompanies are unable to repay the portions of their PPP loans that ultimately may be reinstated from available liquidity or operating cash flow, we may be required to raise additional equity or debt capital to repay the date of issuance to maturity. The total BCF recorded was $841. During fiscal 2020 and 2019, the Company amortized approximately $731 and $110 of debt discount, respectively.

Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, Mr. Smith (a former member of the Company’s board of directors) agreed to accept an aggregate amount of $520 in cash (the “Smith Note Payment Amount”) in consideration for the purchase by the Company of the $1,000 aggregate principal amount of 8% Notes (the “Smith Note Amount”) held by him. The Smith Note Payment Amount was calculated based on the following formula: the Smith Note Amount, divided by $1.00 (the price at which the Smith Notes are convertible to Common Stock), times $0.52 (the closing price on the NYSE American for the Common Stock on June 16, 2020). The Smith Note Payment Amount was paid to Mr. Smith on June 30, 2020.

On June 30, 2020, the holders of the remaining $1,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8% Notes converted such 8% Notes to an aggregate of 1,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock which were immediately and simultaneously converted into 1,000 shares of Common Stock at the $1.00 per share conversion price stated in the 8% Notes and in the Series C Preferred Stock. These holders also converted an aggregate of 93 additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued or issuable to them into a total of 93 shares of Common Stock at the $1.00 per share conversion price stated in the Series C Preferred Stock. The issuance of the 1,093 shares of Common Stock to these former holders of 8% Notes and Series C Preferred Stock was completed on June 30, 2020. These shares, along with those of the SNI Sellers that previously held the 9.5% Notes, also were included in the registration statement on SEC Form S-3 filed by the Company on July 31, 2020.

F-22

Table of Contents

PPP loans.

 

11. Equity

 

On June 30, 2020,April 19, 2021, the Company issued 1,718completed the initial closing of follow-on public offering of 83,333 shares of common stock for debt conversionat a public offering price of $1,000 aggregate principal amount$0.60 per share. Gross proceeds of the 8% Notes, relatedoffering totaled $50,000 which, after deducting the underwriting discount, legal fees, and offering expenses, resulted in net proceeds of $45,478. As part of the offering, the Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 12,500 shares of the Company's common stock to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc., acted as sole book-running manager for the offering.

On or about April 19, 2021, six (6) directors and officers of the Company individually acquired shares of the Company’s common stock either by directly participating in the Company’s 2021 follow-on public offering of its common shares, as subscribers, or by purchasing Company common shares in the open market. These six officers and directors collectively acquired a total of 679 shares of the Company’s common stock at that time.

On April 27, 2021, the underwriters of the Company’s April 19, 2021, public offering exercised in full their 15% over–allotment option to purchase an additional 12,500 common shares (the “option shares”) of the Company at the public offering price of $0.60 per share. The Company closed the transaction on April 28, 2021 and received net proceeds from the sale of the option shares of approximately $6,937, after deducting the applicable underwriting discount.

Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized 20,000 shares of preferred stock of which 1,000 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Stock, and no shares were issued or are outstanding; 5,950 shares have been designated Series B Preferred Stock, of which 5,926 shares were issued and none remain outstanding, and 3,000 shares have been designated Series C Preferred Stock, of which 2,093 shares were issued and 10% Note. The Company also issued 93 sharesnone remained outstanding as of common stock for Series C Preferred Stock discussed above (Note 10).

During fiscal 2019September 30, 2022 and 2021. Based on the Company issued 250 sharesterms of common stock for the conversion of approximately 250 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, (See Note 12).

Restricted Stock

The Company granted 450 and 400 shares of restricted common stock in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The restricted shares areif certain fundamental transactions were to be earned over a three-year period and cliff vest atoccur, the end of the third year from the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense attributable to restricted stock was $1,150 and $819 in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, there was $818 of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock outstanding. On November 23, 2019, 500 shares of restricted common stock held by the Company’s former president became fully vested upon his passing. These shares were issued during fiscal 2020.

A summary of restricted stock activity is presented as follows:

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Fair Value

($)

 

Non-vested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2018

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

2.21

 

Granted

 

 

400

 

 

 

0.52

 

Issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Non-vested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1.76

 

Granted

 

 

450

 

 

 

0.85

 

Issued

 

 

(500)

 

 

2.21

 

Non-vested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020

 

 

1,450

 

 

 

1.32

 

Warrants

No warrants were granted or exercised during fiscal 2020 or fiscal 2019.

A summary of warrant activity is presented as follows:

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

Per Share

($)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining Contractual Life

 

 

Total Intrinsic Value of

Warrants

($)

 

Warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2018

 

 

497

 

 

 

3.84

 

 

 

2.87

 

 

 

67

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

(58)

 

 

2.00

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2019

 

 

439

 

 

 

4.09

 

 

 

1.39

 

 

 

-

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

(362)

 

 

4.53

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2020

 

 

77

 

 

 

2.00

 

 

 

4.50

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants exercisable as of September 30, 2019

 

 

439

 

 

 

4.09

 

 

 

1.39

 

 

 

-

 

Warrants exercisable as of September 30, 2020

 

 

77

 

 

 

2.00

 

 

 

4.50

 

 

 

-

 

F-23

Table of Contents

Stock Options

As of September 30, 2020, there were stock options outstanding under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2013 Incentive Stock Plan. During fiscal 2020, 2013 Incentive Stock Plan was amended to increase available balance by 1,000. The plan granted specified numbers of options to non-employee directors, and they authorized the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to grant either incentive or non-statutory stock options to employees. Vesting periods are established by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant. All stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 were non-statutory stock options, had exercise prices equal to the market price on the date of grant, and had expiration dates ten years from the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense attributable to stock options and warrants was $409 and $1,367 in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, there was approximately $652 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options outstanding, and the weighted average vesting period for those options was 3.95 years.

A summary of stock option activity is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

per share

($)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining Contractual

Life (Years)

 

 

Total

Intrinsic

Value of

Options

($)

 

Options outstanding as of September 30, 2018

 

 

1,578

 

 

 

3.76

 

 

 

7.53

 

 

 

142

 

Granted

 

 

437

 

 

 

1.81

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Forfeited

 

 

(281)

 

 

4.05

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options outstanding as of September 30, 2019

 

 

1,734

 

 

 

3.22

 

 

 

7.84

 

 

 

-

 

Granted

 

 

75

 

 

 

0.54

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Forfeited

 

 

(555)

 

 

3.68

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options outstanding as of September 30, 2020

 

 

1,254

 

 

 

2.85

 

 

 

7.34

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable as of  September 30, 2019

 

 

720

 

 

 

4.24

 

 

 

6.50

 

 

 

-

 

Exercisable as of  September 30, 2020

 

 

749

 

 

 

3.43

 

 

 

6.78

 

 

 

-

 

The fair value of stock options granted was made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Weighted average fair value of options

 

$0.49

 

 

$1.65

 

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.71%

 

 

2.94%
Weighted average volatility factor

 

 

108%

 

 

104%
Weighted average expected life (years)

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

12. Mezzanine Equity

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

On April 3, 2017, the Company filed a Statement of Resolution Establishing its Series A Preferred Stock with the State of Illinois. (the Resolution Establishing Series”). Pursuant to the Resolution Establishing Series, the Company designated 160 shares of its authorized preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock. There are no shares issued and outstanding under this designation.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

On April 3, 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of approximately 5,900 shares of no-par value, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would require redemption, which would preclude permanent equity classification on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Series C Convertible Preferred Stock has a Liquidation Value equal to certain of$1.00 per share and ranks pari passu with the SNIH Stockholders as part of the SNIH acquisition. The no par value,Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference equal to $4.86 per share and ranks senior to all “Junior Securities” (including the Company’s Common Stock) with respect to any distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

 
F-24F-20

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

In the event that the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on its Common Stock, whether such dividend or distribution is payable in cash, securities or other property, including the purchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or property, the Company is required to simultaneously declare and pay a dividend on the no par value, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis with the Common Stock determined on an as-converted basis assuming all shares had been converted as of immediately prior to the record date of the applicable dividend or distribution.

Except as set forth in the Resolution Establishing Series or as may be required by Illinois law, the holders of the no par value, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have no voting rights. Pursuant to the Resolution Establishing Series, without the prior written consent of holders of not less than a majority of the then total outstanding Shares of no par value, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class, the Company shall not create, or authorize the creation of, any additional class or series of capital stock of the Company (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any class or series of capital stock of the Company) that ranks pari passu with or superior to the no par value, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in relative rights, preferences or privileges (including with respect to dividends, liquidation or voting).

Pursuant to a Repurchase Agreement dated June 30, 2020, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock agreed to accept an aggregate amount of $2,894 in cash (the “Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Price”) in consideration for the purchase by the Company of all 5,566 currently outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock Amount”) held by them. The Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Price was calculated based on the following formula: Series B Preferred Stock Amount, divided by $4.86 (the price at which the Series B Preferred Stock is convertible to Common Stock in the Statement of Resolution Establishing Series of the Series B Preferred Stock), times $0.52 (the closing price on the NYSE American for the Common Stock on June 16, 2020). The Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Price was paid to the SNI Group Members on June 30, 2020. A net gain attributable to common stockholders of $24,475 was recognized on the redemption of Series B Preferred Stock and Smith Series C Preferred Stock during fiscal 2020.

During fiscal 2019 the Company issued 250 shares of common stock for the conversion of 250 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

Series C Convertible PreferredAmended and Restated 2013 Incentive Stock Plan

On May 17, 2019, the Company filed a Statement of Resolution Establishing its Series C Preferred Stock with the State of Illinois. (the Resolution Establishing Series”). Pursuant to the Resolution Establishing Series, the Company designated 3,000 shares of its authorized preferred stock as “Series C 8% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock”, without par value. The Series C Preferred Stock has a Liquidation Value equal to $1.00 per share and ranks pari passu with the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and senior to all “Junior Securities” (including the Company’s Common Stock) with respect to any distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary. Holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to receive an annual non-cash (“PIK”) dividend of 8% of the Liquidation Value per share. Such dividend shall be payable quarterly on June 30, September 30, December 31 and March 31 of each year commencing on June 30, 2019, in preference to any dividend paid on or declared and set aside for the Series B Preferred Stock or any Junior Securities and shall be paid-in-kind in additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Except as set forth in the Resolution Establishing Series or as may be required by Illinois law, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have no voting rights.

Pursuant to the Resolution Establishing Series, without the prior written consent of holders of not less than a majority of the then total outstanding Shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class, the Company shall not create, or authorize the creation of, any additional class or series of capital stock of the Company (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any class or series of capital stock of the Company) that ranks superior to the Series C Preferred Stock in relative rights, preferences or privileges (including with respect to dividends, liquidation or voting). Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof into one share of Common Stock at an initial conversion price equal to $1.00 per share, each as subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock combinations, capital reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or sales, as set forth in the Resolution Establishing Series.

F-25

Table of Contents

The Company issued 104 and 60 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Investors related to interest of $104 and $60 on the 8% Notes during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively.

Pursuant to a Repurchase Agreement dated June 30, 2020, Mr. Smith also agreed to accept an aggregate amount equal to $37 in cash (the “Smith Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Price”) in consideration for the purchase by the Company of the 72 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock Amount”) held by him. The Smith Preferred Stock Purchase Price was calculated based on the following formula: the Smith Series C Preferred Stock Amount, divided by $1.00, times $0.52 (the closing price on the NYSE American for the Common Stock on June 16, 2020). The Smith Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Price was paid to Mr. Smith on June 30, 2020.

The remaining holders of Series C Preferred Stock converted an aggregate of 93 shares of Series C Preferred Stock into a total of 93 shares of Common Stock at the $1.00 per share conversion price stated in the Series C Preferred Stock. The conversion was completed on June 30, 2020.

13. Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Current expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$-

 

 

$93

 

State

 

 

467

 

 

 

123

 

Total current expense (benefit):

 

$467

 

 

$216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$68

 

 

$172

 

State

 

 

62

 

 

 

(18)
Total deferred expense (benefit):

 

$130

 

 

$154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit):

 

$597

 

 

$370

 

A reconciliation of the Company s statutory income tax rate to the Company s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Income at US statutory rate

 

$(2,888)

 

$(3,653)
State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

930

 

 

 

(469)
Tax credits

 

 

(88)

 

 

(149)
Nondeductible Expenses

 

 

4,182

 

 

 

-

 

Stock compensation

 

 

186

 

 

 

132

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

1,560

 

 

 

637

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(3,466)

 

 

3,743

 

Other

 

 

181

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

$597

 

 

$370

 

F-26

Table of Contents

The net deferred income tax asset balance related to the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net operating losses carryforwards

 

$2,856

 

 

$6,352

 

Stock options

 

 

1,564

 

 

 

1,333

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

515

 

 

 

124

 

Accrued & prepaid expenses

 

 

339

 

 

 

582

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

681

 

 

 

593

 

ROU liability

 

 

1,371

 

 

 

-

 

Interest

 

 

1,065

 

 

 

2,454

 

Other

 

 

7

 

 

 

5

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$8,398

 

 

$11,443

 

Intangibles

 

$(4,479)

 

$(5,149)

ROU asset

 

 

(1,145)

 

 

-

 

Depreciation

 

 

(122)

 

 

(46)

Total deferred tax liability

 

$(5,746)

 

$(5,195)

Deferred tax asset

 

$2,652

 

 

$6,248

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(3,082)

 

 

(6,548)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$(430)

 

$(300)

 

As of September 30, 2020,2022, there were restricted stock shares and stock options outstanding under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2013 Incentive Stock Plan (“Incentive Stock Plan”). During fiscal 2021, the Incentive Stock Plan was amended to increase the total shares available for restricted stock and stock options grants by 10,000 to a total of 15,000 (7,500 restricted stock shares and 7,500 stock option shares). The Incentive Stock Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to grant either incentive or non-statutory stock options to employees. Vesting periods are established by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant. As of September 30, 2022, there were 9,931 shares remained available to be granted under the Plan (5,073 shares available for stock option grants and 4,858 shares available for restricted stock grants).

Restricted Stock

The Company granted 100 and 642 shares of restricted common stock in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. Share-based compensation expense attributable to restricted stock was $293 and $525 in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of September 30, 2022, there was approximately $322 of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock outstanding, and the weighted average vesting period for those grants was 3.08 years. On August 21, 2022, 350 shares of restricted common stock held by the Company’s executive officers and board of directors became fully vested. On June 15, 2021, 600 shares of restricted common stock held by the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer became fully vested.

A summary of restricted stock activity is presented as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted Average Fair Value ($)

 

Non-vested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2020

 

 

1,450

 

 

 

1.32

 

Granted

 

 

642

 

 

 

0.46

 

Forfeited

 

 

(50)

 

 

0.52

 

Vested

 

 

(600)

 

 

2.21

 

Non-vested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

0.60

 

Granted

 

 

100

 

 

 

0.53

 

Vested

 

 

(350)

 

 

0.52

 

Non-vested restricted stock outstanding as of September 30, 2022

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

0.61

 

Warrants

The Company had 77 warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021 with a weighted average exercise price per share of $2. The outstanding warrants had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.50 and 3.50 as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. No warrants were granted or expired during fiscal 2022 and 2021. 

Stock Options

All stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021 were non-statutory stock options, had exercise prices equal to the market price on the date of grant, and had expiration dates ten years from the date of grant.

The Company granted 940 and 525 stock options in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. The stock options generally vest on annual schedules during periods ranging from two to four years from the date of grant. Share-based compensation expense attributable to stock options was $342 and $445 in fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021, respectively. As of September 30, 2022, there was approximately $585 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options outstanding, and the weighted average vesting period for those options was 3.79 years.

F-21

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

A summary of stock option activity is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted Average Exercise Price per share ($)

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)

 

 

Total Intrinsic Value of Options ($)

 

Options outstanding as of September 30, 2020

 

 

1,254

 

 

 

2.85

 

 

 

7.34

 

 

 

7

 

Granted

 

 

525

 

 

 

0.57

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

42

 

Forfeited

 

 

(107)

 

 

2.79

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options outstanding as of September 30, 2021

 

 

1,672

 

 

 

2.14

 

 

 

7.35

 

 

 

49

 

Granted

 

 

940

 

 

 

0.59

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

39

 

Forfeited

 

 

(185)

 

 

1.05

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Options outstanding as of September 30, 2022

 

 

2,427

 

 

 

1.54

 

 

 

7.65

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable as of September 30, 2021

 

 

890

 

 

 

3.14

 

 

 

6.08

 

 

 

7

 

Exercisable as of September 30, 2022

 

 

1,111

 

 

 

2.58

 

 

 

5.82

 

 

 

21

 

The fair value of stock options granted was made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Weighted average fair value of options

 

$0.55

 

 

$0.54

 

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.8%

 

 

1.6%

Weighted average volatility factor

 

 

112%

 

 

114%

Weighted average expected life (years)

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

12. Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Current expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$-

 

 

$-

 

State

 

 

578

 

 

 

(103)
Total current expense (benefit):

 

$578

 

 

$(103)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$4

 

 

$115

 

State

 

 

6

 

 

 

46

 

Total deferred expense:

 

$10

 

 

$161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense:

 

$588

 

 

$58

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Income at US statutory rate

 

$4,239

 

 

$28

 

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

490

 

 

 

(468)

Tax credits

 

 

(209)

 

 

(143)

Stock compensation

 

 

270

 

 

 

-

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

342

 

 

 

-

 

PPP related matters

 

 

(3,522)

 

 

(4,910)

Valuation allowance

 

 

(885)

 

 

5,384

 

Other

 

 

(137)

 

 

167

 

 

 

$588

 

 

$58

 

F-22

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The net deferred income tax asset balance related to the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$4,255

 

 

$4,765

 

Stock options

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

1,728

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

183

 

 

 

70

 

Accrued & prepaid expenses

 

 

730

 

 

 

968

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

1,034

 

 

 

825

 

ROU liability

 

 

723

 

 

 

1,100

 

Interest

 

 

3,204

 

 

 

3,708

 

Other

 

 

8

 

 

 

6

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$11,703

 

 

$13,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangibles

 

$(4,002)

 

$(4,342)

ROU asset

 

 

(615)

 

 

(895)

Depreciation

 

 

(33)

 

 

(58)

Total deferred tax liability

 

$(4,650)

 

$(5,295)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset

 

$7,053

 

 

$7,875

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(7,581)

 

 

(8,466)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$(528)

 

$591)

As of September 30, 2022, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11,500$17.7 million and $13,300,$14.6 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2029tax years 2031 for federal and 20212022 for state purposes. Of the $11,500$17.7 million of federal net operating losses, $6,200$6.2 million can be carried indefinitely. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $25,100 and $22,800, respectively.

 

Future realization of the tax benefits of existing temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. As of September 30, 2020,2022 and 2019,2021, the Company performed an evaluation to determine whether a valuation allowance was needed. The Company considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, which included the results of operations for the current and preceding years. The Company also considered whether there was any currently available information about future years. Because long-term contracts are not a significant part of the Company’s business, future results cannot be reliably predicted by considering past trends or by extrapolating past results. Moreover, the Company’s earnings are influenced by national economic conditions and have been volatile in the past. Considering these factors, the Company determined that it was not possible to reasonably quantify future taxable income. The Company determined that it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets (deferred tax assets in excess of corresponding deferred tax liabilities) will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company maintained a valuation allowance as of September 30, 20202022 and 2019.2021.

 

With the passage of time, the Company will continue to generate additional deferred tax assets and liabilities related to amortization of acquired intangible assets for tax purposes. As goodwill, an indefinite-lived intangible asset, will not be amortized for financial reporting purposes under current accounting standards, any tax amortization related goodwill claimed by the Company in future years will give rise to an increasing deferred tax liability, which will only reverse at the time of a future impairment under current accounting rules or ultimate sale of the underlying intangible assets. Due to the uncertain timing of this reversal, the temporary difference cannot be considered as a source of future taxable income, but for the amount of indefinite federal NOL carryforwards available due to the U.S. Tax Reform Act as noted above, for purposes of determining a valuation allowance against the Company’s other net deferred tax assets. As a result, the Company’s net deferred tax position at September 30, 20202022 and 2019,2021, represents the tax impact of the cumulative tax amortization of goodwill, which is primarily attributable to historical tax deductible goodwill from SNI.

F-27

Table of Contents

 

Under Internal Revenue Code 382, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have not completed a study to assess whether an “ownership change” has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since we became a “loss corporation” as defined in Section 382. Future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an “ownership change”. In addition, future equity offerings or acquisitions that have equity as a component of the purchase price could result in an “ownership change.” If an “ownership change” has occurred or does occur in the future, utilization of the NOL carryforwards or other tax attributes may be limited, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

F-23

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations for both federal taxes and the many states in which we operate or do business in. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits.

 

We record tax positions as liabilities in accordance with ASC 740 and adjust these liabilities when our judgement changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the recognized tax benefit liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. As of September 30, 2020,2022, and 20192021 we have not recorded any uncertain tax positions in our financial statements.

 

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of September 30, 2020,2022, and 2019,2021, no accrued interest or penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions, where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. The Company’s tax years are still open under statute from September 30, 2017,2019, to the present. Earlier years may be examined to the extent that the net operating loss carryforwards form those earlier years are used in future periods. The resolution of tax matters is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

14.13. Commitment and Contingencies

 

Litigation and Claims

 

On March 23, 2022, the Company settled a legal matter involving two separate, but related lawsuits, filed by plaintiff Sands Brothers Venture Capital II, LLC. These two lawsuits and others in which the Company was not a named party, involved a dispute amongst certain former affiliate and non-affiliate entities, and certain former officers and directors of the Company, stemming from a series of transactions that allegedly occurred during the period 2008 through 2010. The Company was sued in 2014 and 2017, based on the allegation that it was a participant and aided and abetted in the fraudulent conveyance of funds. The plaintiff was a creditor of an unaffiliated now defunct entity whose assets the Company is alleged to have received. Given the facts and circumstances of the case, it has been the Company’s belief and assessment that the lawsuits were meritless, and that the likelihood of a material adverse resolution was remote. The Company’s ongoing legal expenses including depositions, court filings, etc. incurred over the years to defend itself from the claims made by the plaintiff in the respective lawsuits, have, for the most part, been either paid directly to the law firms or reimbursed by insurance.  

The Company continues to believe that its defenses were meritorious and that the final results of litigation would, overall, have been favorable on the merits. However, given the age of the matter, the potential future significant ongoing uninsured portions of legal and other costs to be incurred, including the extraordinary expenses of flying and housing witnesses and experts for the trial, and the future time, attention and effort necessary by management to satisfactorily resolve the matter through the courts, the Company made the business decision to take advantage of an opportunity to settle the case. In this regard, the Company entered into a Confidential Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, dated March 23, 2022, with the plaintiff for both lawsuits. Under the terms of the agreement and release, neither the plaintiff nor the Company have admitted or conceded to any wrongdoing, and the matter has been settled in its entirety for a one-time payment to the plaintiff of approximately $1,175, of which the Company’s portion is $975, with insurance paying the balance. This payment was due and paid by April 8, 2022, and the expense has been recognized as a pre-tax charge in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2022.

F-24

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of business. There are no other pending significant legal proceedings to which the Company is a party for which management believes the ultimate outcome would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.

 

15.14. Segment Data

 

The Company provides the following distinctive services: (a) direct hire placement services, (b) temporary professional services staffing in the fields of information technology, accounting, finance and office, engineering, and medical, and (c) temporary light industrial staffing. These services can be divided into two reportable segments,segments: Industrial Staffing Services and Professional Staffing Services. Some selling, general and administrative expenses are not fully allocated among light industrial services and professional staffing services.

F-28

Table of Contents

these segments.

 

Unallocated corporate expenses primarily include certain executive compensation expenses and salaries, certain administrative salaries, corporate legal expenses, stockshare-based compensation expenses, consulting expenses, audit fees, corporate rent and facility costs, board related fees, acquisition, integration and restructuring expenses, and interest expense.

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Industrial Staffing Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial services revenue

 

$17,560

 

 

$21,710

 

Industrial services gross margin1

 

 

21.7%

 

 

20.8

 

Operating (loss) income

 

$(70)

 

$2,193

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

274

 

 

 

263

 

Accounts receivable – net

 

 

2,470

 

 

 

3,660

 

Intangible assets

 

 

17

 

 

 

246

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,084

 

 

 

1,084

 

Total assets

 

$5,060

 

 

$4,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional Staffing Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permanent placement revenue

 

$15,309

 

 

$18,531

 

Placement services gross margin

 

 

100%

 

 

100

 

Professional services revenue

 

$96,966

 

 

$111,433

 

Professional services gross margin

 

 

26.4%

 

 

26.0

 

Operating income

 

$(3,480)

 

$3,338

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

5,012

 

 

 

5,672

 

Accounts receivable – net

 

 

13,577

 

 

 

17,166

 

Intangible assets

 

 

18,826

 

 

 

23,635

 

Goodwill

 

 

62,359

 

 

 

71,209

 

Total assets

 

$114,953

 

 

$119,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate administrative expenses2

 

$8,312

 

 

$7,964

 

Corporate facility expenses

 

 

377

 

 

 

332

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

2,186

 

Board related expenses

 

 

35

 

 

 

2

 

Total unallocated expenses

 

$10,283

 

 

$10,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$129,835

 

 

$151,674

 

Operating loss

 

 

(13,833)

 

 

(4,953)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

5,286

 

 

 

5,935

 

Total accounts receivables – net

 

 

16,047

 

 

 

20,826

 

Intangible assets

 

 

18,843

 

 

 

23,881

 

Goodwill

 

 

63,443

 

 

 

72,293

 

Total assets

 

$120,013

 

 

$124,481

 

F-25

Table of Contents

GEE GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands except per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Industrial Staffing Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract services revenue

 

$15,945

 

 

$17,332

 

Contract services gross margin1

 

 

15.4%

 

 

22.3%

Income from operations

 

$873

 

 

$1,646

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

64

 

 

 

77

 

Accounts receivable – net

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

2,546

 

Intangible assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,083

 

 

 

1,083

 

Total assets

 

 

3,817

 

 

 

3,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional Staffing Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permanent placement revenue

 

$26,605

 

 

$19,078

 

Placement services gross margin

 

 

100%

 

 

100%

Contract services revenue

 

$122,562

 

 

$112,470

 

Contract services gross margin

 

 

26.6%

 

 

26.3%

Income from operations

 

$11,523

 

 

$11,600

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,776

 

 

 

4,323

 

Accounts receivable – net

 

 

20,779

 

 

 

20,524

 

Intangible assets

 

 

11,285

 

 

 

14,754

 

Goodwill

 

 

60,210

 

 

 

62,360

 

Total assets

 

 

115,737

 

 

 

113,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate administrative expenses2

 

$7,464

 

 

$5,280

 

Corporate facility expenses

 

 

379

 

 

 

370

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

635

 

 

 

970

 

Board related expenses

 

 

143

 

 

 

136

 

Total unallocated expenses

 

$8,621

 

 

$6,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$165,112

 

 

$148,880

 

Income from operations

 

 

3,775

 

 

 

6,490

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,840

 

 

 

4,400

 

Total accounts receivables – net

 

 

22,770

 

 

 

23,070

 

Intangible assets

 

 

11,285

 

 

 

14,754

 

Goodwill

 

 

61,293

 

 

 

63,443

 

Total assets

 

 

119,554

 

 

 

117,589

 

  

1 Includes $1,284credits of $78 and $1,432 of$1,270 for annual premium refunds from the Ohio Bureau of Workers Compensation for thein fiscal 20202022 and 2019,2021, respectively. The Industrial Services gross margins normalized formargin excluding the effectsimpact of these items werewas approximately 14%14.9% for theboth fiscal 20202022 and 2019, respectively.2021.

2 Includes certain costs and expenses incurred related to restructuring activities, including corporate legal and general expenses associated with capital markets activities and not directly associated with core business operations. These costs were $4,277$2,060 and $4,281$412 for fiscal 20202022 and 2019,2021, respectively, and include mainly expenses associated with former closed and consolidated locations, personnel costs associated with eliminated positions, costs incurred related to acquisitions and associated legal and professional costs.

15. Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company provides a defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for the benefit of its eligible core and field personnel, including those assigned to provide staffing services for clients. The 401(k) Plan allows participants to make contributions subject to applicable statutory limitations. The Company matches participants’ contributions with 10% of the first 10% of a participant’s contribution. The Company match contributed $92 and $68 from continuing operations to the 401(k) Plan for fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 
F-29F-26

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.

 

WeAs of September 30, 2022, the Company's management carried out an evaluation as required by Rule 13a-15the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer,Act”), of the effectiveness of the design and operationoperations of the Company’s “disclosureour disclosure controls and procedures”procedures (rules 13a-15(e) and “internal15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting”reporting (rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Based on that evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and its Principal Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.September 30, 2022.

 

The evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting included a review of our objectives and processes, implementation by us and the effect on the information generated for use in this Annual Report. In the course of this evaluation and in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, we sought to identify material weaknesses in our controls, to determine whether we had identified any acts of fraud involving personnel who have a significant role in our internal control over financial reporting that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements, and to confirm that any necessary corrective action, including process improvements, were being undertaken. Our evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures is done quarterly and management reports the effectiveness of our controls and procedures in our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our internal control over financial reporting is also evaluated on an ongoing basis by our executive management and by other individuals in our organization. The overall goals of these evaluation activities are to monitor our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, and to make modifications as necessary. We periodically evaluate our processes and procedures and make improvements as required.

 

Because of inherent limitations, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management applies its judgment in assessing the benefits of controls relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed with the objective of ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (ii) information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2020.2022.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act RuleRules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our PrincipalChief Executive Officer and Principal Accounting and Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the 2013 framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principlesU.S. GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principlesU.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Based on the foregoing evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2020.2022.

41

Table of Contents

 

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during fiscal 2020,2022, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Network Security Incident and Risks

On February 1, 2022, the Company detected and stopped a network security incident. The senior executive management team was immediately notified who in turn reported the network security incident to the audit committee chairman who has board oversight authority for these types of matters. The Company’s Audit Committee and Board of Directors have been fully briefed and a special committee of the board was appointed to assist and oversee management in the on-going investigations, response and full remediation of the incident. The costs of investigating and resolving the incident thus far has been immaterial. Based on what management and the Company’s third-party cyber security experts have determined in their investigation, the Company also does not foresee this incident having any future material detrimental effect on our business or financial position. No additional malicious activity has been observed on the network to date. The Company’s operations were minimally impacted, and we continue to serve our clients without issue.  

The Company’s investigation and analysis of the incident are largely completed. The scope of investigation and analysis of the incident have included identification of vulnerabilities or weaknesses in our security and, also, the design and implementation of additional protective measures and controls to prevent future incidents such as this one. 

Based on our current assessments, we also have not identified any material weaknesses in our internal controls, including our disclosure controls and procedures as a result of the incident.

Item 9B. Other Information.

 

None.

 

 
2842

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

PART III

 

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Executive Officers

 

The named executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:

 

Name

Age

Age

Position

Position

Derek E. Dewan (4)

67

65

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board

Alex Stuckey

56

54

Chief AdministrativeOperating Officer

Kim Thorpe

67

65

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Peter J. Tanous (1)(2)(3)(5)

84

82Director

Director

Darla D. Moore (1)(2)(3)

67

65Director

Director

William Isaac (1)(3)(4)(5)

78

76Director

Director

Carl Camden

67

65Director

Director

Matthew Gormly (1)

63

Director

Thomas Vetrano (2)

61

Director

Director
Thomas Vetrano (2)

59

Director

 

(1)

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3) Member of the Nominating Committee.

(4) Member of the Mergers & Acquisition Committee.

(5) Member of the Corporate Governance Committee.

(2)

Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3)

Member of the Nominating Committee.

 

Derek Dewan – Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board

 

Mr. Dewan, former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Scribe Solutions, Inc. was elected Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO of the Company effective April 1, 2015.2015 in connection with its merger with Scribe Solutions. Mr. Dewan was previously Chairman and CEO of publicly traded MPS Group, Inc. In January 1994, Mr. Dewan joined AccuStaff Incorporated, MPS Group’s predecessor, as President and Chief Executive Officer, and took that company public in August 1994. Under Mr. Dewan’s leadership, the company became a Fortune 1000 world-class, global multi-billion-dollar staffing services provider through significant organic growth and strategic acquisitions. MPS Group grew to include a vast network of offices in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Continental Europe, Asia and Australia. MPS Group experienced many years of continued success during Mr. Dewan’s tenure, including having completed successful secondary stock offerings of $110 million and $370 million, being featured on the Wall Street Journal’s “top performing stock list” for three consecutive years and being included in the Standard and Poor’s (S&P) Mid-Cap 400. In 2010, Mr. Dewanhe was instrumental in the sale of MPS Group to the largest staffing company in the world, Adecco Group, for $1.3 billion. Mr. Dewan was previously a CPA and partner of the international accounting firm, Coopers & Lybrand (a predecessor firm to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP).

43

   

Alex Stuckey - Chief AdministrativeOperating Officer

 

Mr. Stuckey became the Company’s Chief Administrative Officer on April 10, 2017. He joined the Company in April 2015 as its Chief Operating Officer and President and served in those positions until April 10, 2017. On August 26, 2022, Mr. Stuckey was re-appointed as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer.  Prior to its acquisition by the Company, Mr. Stuckey was the President and Chief Operating Officer of Scribe Solutions, Inc. Prior to joining Scribe, Mr. Stuckey was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Fire Fighters Equipment Co. He led that company from a start up to a multi-million-dollar enterprise with substantial net profits through both organic growth and growth through acquisition. At Fire Fighters, Mr. Stuckey developed unique marketing strategies, which were revolutionary to the industry. His efforts led to a successful stock sale of Fire Fighters to Cintas. Mr. Stuckey also has extensive experience in banking and finance, which he obtained after a successful career at Barnett Bank as a special assets officer.officer, and currently serves as a director/executive of Castleworks Home Services Company, a provider of residential home services. Mr. Stuckey graduated from Florida State University with a bachelor’s in Entrepreneurship and Business Enterprises.

 

29

Table of Contents

Kim Thorpe Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Mr. Thorpe joined the Company as the Vice President of Finance on May 1, 2018 and was appointed as the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective June 15, 2018. Since February 2013, Mr. Thorpe also has served as Managing Principal of FRUS Capital LLC and from November 2013 through May 2017, Mr. Thorpe served as the Chief Financial Officer of Delta Company of Insurance Services, Inc. and as a director and Chief Financial Officer of NeuLife Neurological Services LLC. From May 2006 to February 2013, Mr. Thorpe served in senior executive positions in a privately-owned insurance organization and a specialty real estate lender. From November 1999 to March 2006, Mr. Thorpe served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of FPIC Insurance Group, Inc., a public company formerly listed on Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “FPIC”. Mr. Thorpe also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of a large insurance and financial services business unit of GE Capital from March 1998 to November 1999. From October 1993 to February 1998, Mr. Thorpe was a partner of the international accounting firm, Coopers & Lybrand (a predecessor firm to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP). Mr. Thorpe holds a BSBA in Accounting from the University of Florida and is a Certified Public Accountant.

 

William M. Isaac – Director

Mr. Isaac joined the Company as a director in June 2015 and is a senior managing director of FTI Consulting, Inc. (“FTI”) and serves as Global Head of FTI’s Financial Institutions practice. Mr. Isaac also is a former Chairman of the United States Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). He has significant experience as a director on the boards of several public and private companies, including having served as a director of publicly traded MPS Group, Inc. (NYSE: MPS), which was one of the largest staffing companies in the U.S. and was sold to the largest staffing firm in the world, Adecco Group for $1.3 billion in 2010.

Mr. Isaac has extensive experience in business, finance, and governance. In 1986, he founded The Secura Group, a leading financial institution consulting firm and operated the business until it was acquired by FTI in 2011. Prior to forming Secura, Mr. Isaac served as a Chairman of the FDIC during the banking crisis of the 1980s, under Presidents Carter and Reagan from 1978 through 1985. Mr. Isaac served as chairman of the FDIC during one of the most tumultuous periods in US banking history. Some 3,000 banks and thrifts failed during the 1980s, including Continental Illinois and nine of the ten largest banks in Texas. The President appointed Mr. Isaac to the board of the FDIC at the age of 34, making him the youngest FDIC board member and chairman in history. Mr. Isaac also served as chairman of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (1983-85), as a member of the Depository Institutions Deregulation Committee (1981–85), and as a member of the Vice President’s Task Group on Regulation of Financial Services (1984).

Mr. Isaac currently serves as a member of the board of TSYS, a leading worldwide payments system processing company, and is the former Chairman of Fifth Third Bancorp, one of the nation’s leading banking companies. Also, Mr. Isaac is a former member of the boards of Trans Union Corporation; The Associates prior to its sale to Citigroup and Amex Centurion Bank. He is involved extensively in thought leadership relating to the financial services industry. Mr. Isaac is the author of Senseless Panic: How Washington Failed America with a foreword by legendary former Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker. Senseless Panic provides an inside account of the banking and S&L crises of the 1980s and compares that period to the financial crisis of 2008-2009. Mr. Isaac’s articles are published in the Wall StreetJournal, Washington Post, New York Times, American Banker, Forbes, Financial Times, Washington Times, and other leading publications. He also appears regularly on television and radio, testifies before Congress, and is a frequent speaker before audiences throughout the world.

Mr. Isaac began his career as an attorney with Foley & Lardner and was a senior partner with Arnold & Porter. He holds a JD, summa cum laude, College of Law, The Ohio State University (“OSU”) and a B.S in economics and LLD (“honorary”) from Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. He received a “Distinguished Achievement Medal” in 1995 from Miami University and a “Distinguished Alumnus Award” in 2013 from OSU. Mr. Isaac is involved with several charitable and not for profit organizations including current and past service on the OSU Foundation Board, member of the OSU “Presidents Club”, former Trustee of the Miami University Foundation Board and a member the University’s “Business Advisory Council”, Goodwill Industries and the Community Foundation of Sarasota, Fl.

Darla Moore – Director

Ms. Moore joined the Company as a director in June 2018. Ms. Moore is the Founder and Chair of the Palmetto Institute, a nonprofit think-tank aimed at bolstering per capita income in South Carolina. Until 2012, Ms. Moore was the Vice President of Rainwater, Inc., a private investment company. Ms. Moore is also the founder and chair of the Charleston Parks Conservancy, a foundation focused on enhancing the parks and public spaces of the City of Charleston. Ms. Moore is the first woman to be profiled on the cover of Fortune magazine and has been named to the list of the Top 50 Most Powerful Women in American Business. Ms. Moore has served on numerous corporate and philanthropic boards, including Hospital Corporation of America (HCA), Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, The South Financial Group, MPS Group, the National Advisory Board of JP Morgan, the National Teach for America Board of Directors, the Board of Trustees of the New York University Medical School and Hospital and the University of South Carolina Board of Trustees. Ms. Moore was formerly a managing director of Chemical Bank (now a part of JP Morgan Chase) and currently serves on the Culture Shed Board. The University of South Carolina’s business school is named in her honor, the first business school in America named for a woman. Ms. Moore is a recipient of the Business Person of the Year Award from the South Carolina Chamber of Commerce and was inducted into the South Carolina Business Hall of Fame. Currently, she serves as Chairman of the Darla Moore and Richard Rainwater Foundation. Ms. Moore is a graduate of the University of South Carolina and holds an M.B.A. from George Washington University.

30

Table of Contents

Peter J. Tanous – Director

 

Mr. Tanous joined the Company as a director in May 2015. Mr. Tanous is Chairman Emeritus of Lynx Investment Advisory of Washington D.C., an SEC registered investment advisory firm, and an accomplished author on the topics of economics and investments. He has served on several boards of directors of public and private companies, including MPS Group, Inc. In prior years, Mr. Tanous was International Regional Director with Smith Barney and a member of the executive committee of Smith Barney International, Inc. He served for ten years as executive vice president and a director of Bank Audi (USA) in New York and was earlier chairman of Petra Capital Corporation in New York. A graduate of Georgetown University, he serveshas served on the university’s investment committee and as a member of the Georgetown University Library Board.

 

Mr. Tanous’ book, Investment Gurus,, published by Prentice Hall in 1997, received wide critical acclaim in financial circles and was chosen as a main selection of The Money Book Club.Club. His subsequent book, The Wealth Equation,, was also chosen as a Money Book Club main selection. Investment Visionaries,, was published in August 2003 by Penguin Putnam and Kiplinger’s Build a Winning Portfolio,, was published by Kaplan Press in January 2008. Tanous co-authored (with Dr. Arthur Laffer, the “Father of Supply Side Economics” and Stephen Moore, former Wall Street Journal writer and editorial board member) The End of Prosperity,,” published by Simon & Schuster in October 2008. His most recent book, Debt, Deficits and the Demise of the American Economy, co-authored with Jeff Cox, finance editor at CNBC,The Pure Equity Plus Plan, was published by WileyAdvantage Press in May 2011.2021. In addition to Georgetown University, Tanous serveshas served on several investment committees including St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital and Lebanese American University. Tanous served as chairman of the board of trustees of Lebanese American University and continues to serve as a trustee.

 

Mr. Tanous’ experience as a corporate director also includes having served on the board of directors of MPS Group. At MPS Group, he served as chairman of the audit committee and on several other committees over many years where he gained significant staffing industry knowledge and experience as MPS was one of the largest staffing organizations in the U.S. Mr. Tanous has also served on the board of Cedars Bank, Los Angeles, a California state commercial bank with branches in Orange County and San Francisco, and as a director at WorldcareWorldCare Ltd., Cambridge, Mass, a company in the field of health care services and telemedicine diagnostics.

44

Table of Contents

Darla D. Moore – Director

Ms. Moore joined the Company as a director in June 2018. Ms. Moore is the Founder and Chair of the Palmetto Institute, a nonprofit think-tank aimed at bolstering per capita income in South Carolina. She is also the founder and chair of the Charleston Parks Conservancy, a foundation focused on enhancing the parks and public spaces of the City of Charleston. Until 2012, Ms. Moore was the Vice President of Rainwater, Inc., a private investment company. Ms. Moore is the first woman to have been profiled on the cover of Fortune magazine and has been named to the list of the Top 50 Most Powerful Women in American Business. Ms. Moore has served on numerous corporate and philanthropic boards, including Hospital Corporation of America (HCA), Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, The South Financial Group, MPS Group, the National Advisory Board of JP Morgan, the National Teach for America Board of Directors, the Board of Trustees of the New York University Medical School and Hospital and the University of South Carolina Board of Trustees. She was formerly a managing director of Chemical Bank, the predecessor of JP Morgan and currently serves on the Board of Directors of The Shed, a cultural institution in New York City, the Lebanese American University of Beirut, the Santa Fe Institute, and Oxbow Carbon, in addition to GEE Group Inc. The University of South Carolina’s business school is named in her honor, the first business school in America named for a woman. Ms. Moore received the Business Person of the Year Award from the South Carolina Chamber of Commerce and was inducted into the South Carolina Business Hall of Fame. Ms. Moore and Condoleezza Rice are the first women members of Augusta National Golf Club. A graduate of the University of South Carolina, she holds an M.B.A. from George Washington University. Currently, Ms. Moore serves as Chairman of the Darla Moore Foundation.

William “Bill” Isaac– Director

Mr. Isaac joined the Company as a director in June 2015 and is currently Chairman and principal owner of two premier consulting firms, Secura/Isaac and Blue SaaS Solutions. Mr. Isaac is a former Chairman of the United States Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). President Carter appointed Mr. Isaac to the board of the FDIC at the age of 34, and President Reagan named him Chairman of the FDIC two years later, making him the youngest FDIC board member and Chairman in history. Mr. Isaac served with distinction as FDIC Chairman during one of the most tumultuous periods in U.S. banking history.

Mr. Isaac has significant experience as a director on the boards of several public and private companies and currently serves as a member of the boards of directors of Emigrant Bank and New York Private Bank & Trust and serves as Chairman of Sarasota Private Trust and Cleveland Private Trust. He also has served as Chairman of the Board of Fifth Third Bancorp, one of the nation’s leading banks, and worked as Senior Managing Director at FTI Consulting from 2011 to 2019. Mr. Isaac also is a former board member at TSYS, a leading payment processing company that today is part of Global Payments, and has served on the boards of Amex Bank, The Associates (a finance company formerly owned by Ford Motor Company), credit reporting company TransUnion and former global staffing firm, MPS Group.

Mr. Isaac is the author of Senseless Panic: How Washington Failed America with a foreword by legendary former Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker. Senseless Panic provides an inside account of the banking and S&L crises of the 1980s and compares that period to the financial crisis of 2008-2009. Mr. Isaac’s articles are published in the Wall Street Journal, Washington Post, New York Times, American Banker, Forbes, Financial Times, Washington Times, and other leading publications. He appears regularly on television and radio, testifies before Congress, and is a frequent speaker before audiences throughout the world.

Mr. Isaac began his career as an attorney with Foley & Lardner and was a senior partner with Arnold & Porter. Before his appointment to the FDIC, Bill Isaac served as vice president, general counsel and secretary of First Kentucky National Corporation and its subsidiaries, including First National Bank of Louisville and First Kentucky Trust Company. He received a “Distinguished Achievement Medal” in 1995 from Miami University and a “Distinguished Alumnus Award” in 2013 from OSU. He is a former member of the Board of Directors of the Miami University Foundation and is a Life Member of the Board of Directors of The Ohio State University Foundation. Mr. Isaac is involved with several charitable and not for profit organizations and in 2016, co-founded with his former classmate, the William Isaac & Michael Oxley Center for Business Leadership at Miami University.

 

Carl Camden – Director

 

Mr. Camden joined the Company as a director in March 2020. He is the former President and Chief Executive Officer and a former director of global staffing giant Kelly Services® (NASDAQ: KELYA, KELYB) (“Kelly”) and served in these roles from February 2006 to May 2017. Mr. Camden is a recognized leader in the use of contingent on-demand labor, talent management, and the concept of how companies can adapt and succeed in the “gig economy”. He is currently President of IPSE – The Association of Independent Professionals and the Self-Employed. Mr. Camden serves on the Board of Trustees of The Conference Board and is Co-Chair of the Policy and Impact Committee for the Committee for Economic Development. He also serves on the Board of Directors of TopBuild, a leading installer and distributor of insulation products in the U.S. construction industry. Previously, Mr. Camden has served on the Board of Directors for a regional branch of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the Labor Advisory Council for the Federal Reserve Bank, the Advisory Committee on Employee Welfare and Pension Benefits (ERISA Advisory Council), and the Board of Visitors of Duke University Fuqua School of Business.Business, and the Board of Directors of TopBuild, a leading installer and distributor of insulation products in the U.S. construction industry. He is also a former member of the Board of Trustees for the University of Detroit Mercy, the Detroit Medical Center Board, and the Detroit Chamber Board. Mr. Camden has served on the American Staffing Association’s Board of Directors and received awards from international workforce agencies for his significant contributions to improving the workforce development system. He has been featured in Business Week, the New York Times, Bloomberg, CNBC, and numerous other media on topics ranging from labor force dynamics to healthcare reform. Mr. Camden has a bachelor’s degree and a PhD.

 

 
3145

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Matthew Gormly – Director

 

Mr. Gormly joined the Company as a director in March 2020. He is a Founder and Managing Partner of Reynolds Gormly & Co., LLC (“Reynolds Gormly”), where he is responsible for origination and capital market opportunities and the firm’s general management. Prior to Reynolds Gormly, Mr. Gormly played a leadership role in the growth and evolution of Wicks Capital Partners (“Wicks”), as a Managing Partner for seventeen years before departing the firm in 2016. At Wicks, Mr. Gormly focused his energy on originating, acquiring, managing, growing, and divesting its portfolio of control buyout investments. Mr. Gormly has extensive experience in all aspects of the investment process including developing investment theses, origination, acquisitions, strategic planning, and divestitures. Additionally, Mr. Gormly was responsible for originating new investments, arranging financing for transactions, and managing those investments through the sale processes. Mr. Gormly has been on the board of directors of over 25 companies, spanning a 30-year period, and has been responsible for over $1.5 billion in financings for acquisitions, leveraged recapitalizations, and re-financings over the course of his career. Mr. Gormly holds a B.A. and an M.B.A.

 

Thomas Vetrano – Director

 

Mr. Vetrano joined the Company as a Directordirector in March 2020. From 2004 through 2014, Mr. Vetrano served as Principal, Chief Operating Officer, and Secretary of ENVIRON Holdings, Inc. Under his executive leadership ENVIRON tripled revenues to over $300 million and grew from 300 employees in the US and UK to over 1,600 employees in 25 countries, with consistent top-quartile industry growth and profitability. After leading the sale of ENVIRON to Ramboll in 2014, Mr. Vetrano served as President and Managing Director of Ramboll Environment and Health (“REH”), one of the ten largest global environmental and health consultancies. Mr. Vetrano was responsible for all REH global operations, including financial performance; finance and accounting; strategic planning; risk management; human resources; information technology; marketing and communications; sustainability, equality, diversity, and inclusion; and employee health, safety, and security.

 

Mr. Vetrano has over 35 years of international business experience assisting corporations, private equity, financial institutions, and their legal counsel in identifying and resolving complex environmental, health, safety, and sustainability (“EHSS”) issues. He has directed EHSS due diligence in support of over 500 global transactions across a wide range of industries and sectors, served as Chairman or speaker at over 50 professional, technical and industry conferences and seminars, and authored/co-authored numerous publications on EHSS issues.

 

Mr. Vetrano served as a Directordirector for ENVIRON and REH from 2000 through 2019 and is currently also a Directordirector for several privately-heldprivately held companies and charitable organizations. During his Boardboard tenures, Mr. Vetrano has chaired or served on Ethics, Equity, Executive Compensation, Finance, Governanceethics, equity, executive compensation, finance, governance, and Valuation Committees.valuation committees. Mr. Vetrano holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree.

George A. Bajalia – Former President and Director

Mr. Bajalia served as the Company’s President and a director from April 10, 2017 until his passing on November 23, 2019. Mr. Bajalia initially joined the Company as a director in January 2015. Mr. Bajalia had over 30 years of business experience, with financial, operational and management expertise in many industries including the staffing industry. Since 2001, he provided consulting, advisory and interim management services to executive management, boards, business owners and private equity firms. He also assisted them with implementing their growth and working capital strategies, turnarounds, recapitalizations and strategic objectives. Mr. Bajalia received his B.S. in Accounting from Florida State University, was a licensed CPA and real estate broker, and was a member of several professional associations.

Dr. Arthur B. Laffer – Former Director

Dr. Laffer served as a director from January 2015 until his resignation from the Board effective March 30, 2020. Dr. Laffer is well known throughout the U.S. and abroad as expert economist and for his famous “Laffer Curve” which continues to be included in economic curriculums today. He has served as an key economic advisor to several U.S. presidents and received multiple awards for his work and contributions to our society, including most recently, the Presidential Medal of Freedom from President Donald Trump. In addition, Dr. Laffer has been awarded two Graham and Dodd Awards from the Financial Analyst Federation; the Distinguished Service Award by the National Association of Investment Clubs; the Adam Smith Award for his insights and contributions to the Wealth of Nations; and the Daniel Webster Award for public speaking by the International Platform Association. Dr. Laffer received a B.A. in economics from Yale University and an MBA and Ph.D. in economics from Stanford University.

32

Table of Contents

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of its equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership (typically, Forms 3, 4 and/or 5) of such equity securities with the SEC. Such entities are also required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all such Section 16(a) reports.

 

To our knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us regarding the filing of required reports, we believe that all Section 16(a) reports applicable to our directors, executive officers, and greater-than-ten-percent beneficial owners with respect to fiscal 20202022 were filed.

46

Table of Contents

 

Board of Directors Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

 

Our Board has no policy regarding the separation of the offices of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and we currently bestow the roles and responsibilities of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer with Mr. Dewan. The Board believes that Mr. Dewan’s service as both Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Mr. Dewan possesses detailed and in-depth knowledge of the issues, opportunities and challenges facing the Company and its business and is thus best positioned to develop agendas that ensure that the Board’s time and attention are focused on the most critical matters. His combined role enables decisive leadership, ensures clear accountability, and enhances the Company’s ability to communicate its strategy clearly and consistently to the Company’s shareholders, employees, and customers.

 

Independent directors and management have different perspectives and roles in strategy development. The Company’s independent directors bring experience, oversight, and expertise from outside the company and industry, while the management brings company-specific experience and expertise. The Board of Directors believes that a board of directors combined with independent board members and management is in the best interest of shareholders because it promotes strategy development and execution and facilitates information flow between management and the Board, of Directors, which are essential to effective governance.

 

The Board of Directors does not have a lead independent director. The Board of Directors provides overall risk oversight for the Company as part of its normal, ongoing responsibilities. It receives reports from Mr. Dewan, Mr. Thorpe, and other members of senior management on a periodic basis on areas of risk facing the Company. In addition, Board of Directors committees oversee specific elements of risk or potential risk.

 

Director Independence

 

The Board of Directors has determined that each director, other than Mr. Dewan, is an independent director under the listing standards of the NYSE American. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that each current member of the Audit Committee meets the additional independence criteria required for audit committee membership under the listing standards of the NYSE American and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and possesses the experience and expertise required to be considered a “financial expert” as defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

Board of Directors and Committee Meetings

 

The Board of Directors meets on a regularly scheduled basis to review significant developments affecting the Company and to act on matters requiring Board of Directors approval. It also holds special meetings when an important matter requires Board of Directors action or attention between scheduled meetings. The Board of Directors held eight meetings and executed one unanimous consent in lieu ofsix meetings during fiscal 2020.2022. No director of the Company attended less than 75% of the total meetings of the Board of Directors and Committees on which such Board of Directors members served during this period.

 

The members of the Board of Directors are expected to attend the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders. There are five standing committees of the Board of Directors, which areDirectors: the Nominating Committee, the Audit Committee, the Corporate Governance Committee, the Mergers and Acquisitions Committee, and the Compensation Committee.

33

Table of Contents

 

Nominating Committee

 

The functions of the Nominating Committee are to assist the Board of Directors in identifying, interviewing and recommending to the Board of Directors qualified candidates to fill positions on the Board of Directors. The Nominating Committee executedheld one unanimous consentmeeting during fiscal 2020.2022.

 

The Company does not have a policy regarding the consideration of diversity, however defined, in identifying nominees for director. Instead, inIn evaluating candidates to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors, consideration is given to the level of experience, financial literacy and business acumen of the candidate. In addition, qualified candidates for director are those who, in the judgment of the Nominating Committee, have significant decision-making responsibility, with business, legal or academic experience. The Nominating Committee will consider recommendations for Board of Directors candidates that are received from various sources, including directors and officers of the Company, other business associates and shareholders, and all candidates will be considered on an equal basis, regardless of their gender, race, ethnicity, religious beliefs, or other such criteria.source.

47

Table of Contents

 

Shareholders may contact the Nominating Committee to make such recommendations by writing in care of the Secretary of the Company, at 7751 Belfort Road, Suite 150, Jacksonville, FL 32256. Submissions must be in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated By-Laws and include: (a) a statement that the writer is a shareholder and is proposing a candidate for consideration by the Nominating Committee,Committee; (b) the name, address and number of shares beneficially owned by the shareholder,shareholder; (c) the name, address and contact information of the candidate being recommended,recommended; (d) a description of the qualifications and business experience of the candidate,candidate; (e) a statement detailing any relationships between the candidate and the Company and any relationships or understandings between the candidate and the proposing shareholder,shareholder; and (f) the written consent of the candidate that the candidate is willing to serve as a director if nominated and elected.

 

The Nominating Committee is presently composed of three non-employee, independent directors: Darla Moore (Chairwoman), William Isaac and Peter Tanous, and William Isaac. Dr. Arthur Laffer resigned as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company in March 2020 and, as a result, ceased to be a member of the Nominating Committee.Tanous. 

 

The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Nominating Committee. The Nominating Committee Charter is available on the Company’s website. A copy of the Nominating Committee Charter was attached as an appendix to the proxy statement prepared in connection with the January 21, 2011, Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee is primarily concerned with the effectiveness of the Company’s accounting policies and practices, its financial reporting, and its internal accounting controls. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit of the Company’s books, reviews the findings and recommendations of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm at the completion of their audit, and approves annual audit fees and the selection of an auditing firm. The Audit Committee also considers the relationships among the independent auditors. management and board members to ascertain the audit firm’s independence from management and board members. The Audit Committee met fiveseven times and executed one unanimous consent during fiscal 2020.2022.

 

The Audit Committee is presently composed of four non-employee, independent directors: Peter J. Tanous (Chairman), Darla Moore, William Isaac, and Matthew Gormly, and William M. Isaac. Dr. Arthur Laffer resigned as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company in March 2020 and, as a result, ceased to be a member of the Audit Committee.Gormly. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Tanous, Ms. Moore, Mr. Gormly, Mr. TanousIsaac, and Mr. IsaacGormly each are each considered an “financial“audit committee financial expert” as defined by rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.SEC. The Board of Directors has determined that each audit committee financial expert meets the additional independence criteria required under the listing standards of the NYSE American and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee Charter is available on the Company’s website. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter is attached to the form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 16, 2016.

34

Table of Contents

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee has the sole responsibility for approving and evaluating the director and executive officer compensation plans, policies, and programs. It may not delegate this authority. It meets as often as necessary to carry out its responsibilities. The Compensation Committee has the authority to retain compensation consultants but has not done so. met four times and executed two unanimous consents during fiscal 2022.

The Compensation Committee met two times during fiscal 2020.

Compensation Committee meets each Septemberat least annually to consider the compensation of the Company’s executive officers, including the establishment of base salaries and performance targets for the succeeding year, and the consideration of restricted common stock and stock option awards. Management provides the Compensation Committee with such information as may be requested by the Compensation Committee,chairman or its members, which in the past has included historical compensation information of the executive officers, tally sheets, internal pay equity statistics, and market survey data. Under the guidelines of the NYSE American, the Chief Executive Officer may not be present during the Compensation Committee’s deliberations regarding his compensation. If requested by the Committee, the Chief Executive Officer may provide recommendations regarding the compensation of the other officers.

 

The Compensation Committee has the authority to retain compensation consultants. During fiscal 2022, the Company engaged independent compensation consultants to perform a compensation study and analysis of the annual compensation of its executives. The Compensation Committee assessed the independence of the compensation consultants based on the specific criteria under applicable SEC rules and determined that no conflict of interest is raised by the compensation consultants work for the Compensation Committee. The study included relevant market data, various peer group comparisons, and best practices and comparisons of the amounts and components of the Company’s executive pay to its top three executives with those of several comparable companies. Upon completion of its study, the independent consulting firm presented its findings and recommendations to the Company and its Compensation Committee. With the benefit of the findings, recommendations and other inputs provided by the independent consultants, the Company drafted a formal Annual Incentive Compensation Program, which was reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee and the Company’s board of directors.    

48

Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee also has the responsibility to make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the compensation of directors. The Board of Directors has assessed the risks that could arise from our employee compensation policies and does not believe that such policies are reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Company.

 

The Compensation Committee is presently composed of three non-employee, independent directors: Thomas Vetrano (Chairman), Peter Tanous, and Darla Moore. Dr. Arthur B. Laffer resigned as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company in March 2020 and, as a result, ceased to be a member of the Compensation Committee. Effective March 2020, Thomas Vetrano was appointed to the Compensation Committee and assumed the role as its in-coming Chairman.

 

The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee Charter is not available on the Company’s website. A copy the Compensation Committee Charter was attached as an appendix to the proxy statement prepared in connection with the January 28, 2010, Annual Meeting of Shareholders. The Compensation Committee met once during fiscal 2020.

 

Mergers and Acquisition Committee

 

The Mergers and Acquisition Committee has the responsibility for evaluating acquisitions and the necessary financing to complete the acquisitions that are determined by management to meet the minimum criteria for evaluation. The Mergers and Acquisitions Committee has the responsibility to keep the entire board informed of the Company’s proposed acquisitions and, only after the Committee has determined an acquisition qualifies, is the acquisition presented to the entire board for approval. The Mergers and Acquisition Committee has the authority to retain compensation consultants but has not done so.so to date. The Mergers and Acquisition Committee did not meet during fiscal 2020.2022.

 

The Mergers and Acquisition Committee is presently composed of one employee and one non-employee, independent director: Derek E. Dewan (Chairman) and William M. Isaac. Dr. Arthur Laffer resigned as a member

Corporate Governance Committee

The Corporate Governance Committee has responsibilities and duties ranging from Board and committee structure and organization to assisting the Board in evaluating whether the Board and its committees are functioning effectively and consistently in accordance with and subject to applicable law and rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the NYSE and any other applicable regulatory authority. The Corporate Governance Committee also monitors and recommends the functions of the various committees of the Board. The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for developing director qualifications and an annual evaluation process for the Board, its committees, and individual directors and for overseeing the execution of such annual evaluations, including the Committee’s own evaluation. The Corporate Governance Committee is tasked with the responsibility to review the outside activities of Senior Executives and, if warranted, report and/or make recommendations concerning such activities to the Board of DirectorsDirectors. The Corporate Governance Committee also regularly reviews the Company’s and subsidiaries’ Certificates of Incorporation, Bylaws and Policies, Committee Charters and other Company documents and recommend revisions to be acted upon by the Board of Directors.

The Corporate Governance Committee also coordinates with Human Resources to review any reports of discrimination or sexual harassment and recommend any actions deemed appropriate, review whistleblower reports and recommend any actions deemed appropriate. The Corporate Governance Committee monitors emerging corporate governance trends and oversees and evaluates corporate governance policies and programs and recommends to the Board such changes as the Committee believes appropriate. When applicable, the Corporate Governance Committee will review shareholder proposals and recommend proposed Company responses for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement, or otherwise, to the Board.

The Corporate Governance Committee reviews at least annually, or more frequently if deemed appropriate under the circumstances, the Company’s Standards for Director Independence and enhanced independence requirements issued by the NYSE and by other applicable regulators and advisory services, and recommends to the Board any modifications to the Company’s standards that the Committee deems desirable. The Committee provides to the Board its assessment of which directors should be deemed independent directors under applicable rules, policies, and regulations. This review also contemplates the requirements of a “financial expert” under applicable rules of the SEC and NYSE, thereby assessing which directors should be deemed financial experts and recommends to the Board the determination that such directors are “financial experts” within the applicable definitions established by the SEC and NYSE. The Committee reviews on a periodic basis and makes recommendations, accordingly, regarding continuing education programs for directors and an orientation program for new directors.

Finally, the Corporate Governance Committee obtains annual independence and conflict of interest statements from all directors and senior management members and reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding questions of potential conflicts of interest and with regard to any transactions among the Company and related parties as defined in March 2020 and, as a result, ceasedItem 404 of Regulation S-K.

The Committee is required to be a membercomprised of three or more directors as determined by the Board, each of whom the Board has determined meets the independence requirements of the MergersCompany’s Standards for Director Independence, the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and Acquisition Committee.the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The members of the Committee are appointed by the Board and serve until their successors are duly appointed or until their retirement, resignation, death or removal by the Board.

As of September 30, 2022, the Committee had one vacancy. The Corporate Governance Committee is presently composed of two non-employee, independent directors: William Isaac (Chairman) and Peter Tanous. The Corporate Governance Committee met once during fiscal 2022.

 

Shareholder Communications

 

The Board of Directors has established a procedure by which shareholders of the Company can communicate with the Board of Directors. Shareholders interested in communicating with the Board of Directors as a group or with individual directors may do so, in writing. Correspondence to the directors should be sent by regular mail c/o the Secretary, GEE Group Inc., 7751 Belfort Road, Suite 150, Jacksonville, Florida 32256. Any such correspondence will be reviewed by the Secretary, who will then forward it to the appropriate parties. Communications that are solicitations or deemed to be irrelevant to the Board of Directors’ responsibilities may be discarded, at the discretion of the Secretary.

 

Corporate Code of Ethics

 

We have a Code of Ethics that applies to all directors and employees, including our senior management team. The Code of Ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing, to promote the honest and ethical conduct of all employees and to promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules, and regulations. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under applicable SEC rules relating to amendments to the Code of Ethics or waivers from any provision thereof applicable to our principal executive officer,Chief Executive Officer, our principal financialPrincipal Financial and accountingAccounting officer by posting such information on our website pursuant to SEC rules. There were no such amendments of or waivers to any of the Company’s policies and procedures outlined under its Code of Ethics during fiscal 2022.

 

Our Code of Ethics was attached as an exhibit to our Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013. In addition, you may obtain a printed copy of the Code of Ethics, without charge, by sending a request to: GEE Group Inc., 7751 Belfort Road, Suite 150, Jacksonville, FL 32256, Attn.: Secretary.

 

 
3549

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Information

 

The following table summarizes total compensation to named executive officers including principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer, and other two most highly compensated executive officers.principal operating officer. Throughout this section, the term “named executive officers” is intended to refer to the individuals listed in “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

Salary ($)

 

 

Bonus ($)

 

 

Stock Awards ($)

 

 

Option Awards ($)

 

 

NonEquity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)

 

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)

 

 

All Other Compensation ($)

 

 

Total ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derek Dewan

 

2020

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

300,000

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

2019

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alex Stuckey (1)

 

2020

 

 

 

220,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

220,000

 

Chief Administrative Officer

 

 

2019

 

 

 

220,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

52,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

272,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George Bajalia (2)

 

2020

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Former President

 

 

2019

 

 

 

270,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

270,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kim Thorpe (3)

 

2020

 

 

 

205,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

303,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

533,000

 

Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President

 

 

2019

 

 

 

153,850

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

52,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

205,850

 

_____________

(1) Mr. Stuckey was appointed as Chief Administrative Officer on April 10, 2017. Mr. Stuckey served as President and Chief Operating Officer from April 1, 2015 until his resignation on April 10, 2017.

(2) Mr. Bajalia served as a President of the Company from April 10, 2017 until his passing on November 23, 2019.

(3) Mr. Thorpe was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President on June 15, 2018.

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal

Year

 

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

($)

 

 

Stock Awards ($)

 

 

Option Awards

($)

 

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)

 

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings

($)

 

 

All Other Compensation ($)

 

 

Total ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derek Dewan

 

2022

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

498,750

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

851,550

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

2021

 

 

 

308,172

 

 

 

112,500

 

 

 

115,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

535,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alex Stuckey

 

2022

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

267,188

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

519,988

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

2021

 

 

 

225,095

 

 

 

82,500

 

 

 

84,333

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

391,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kim Thorpe

 

2022

 

 

 

270,000

 

 

 

288,563

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

561,363

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2021

 

 

 

253,557

 

 

 

93,750

 

 

 

95,833

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

443,140

 

 

Employment and Change in Control Agreements

 

Derek Dewan, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer: On August 12, 2016, the Company entered an employment agreement with Derek Dewan (the “Dewan Employment Agreement”). The Dewan Employment Agreement provides for a five-year term ending on August 15, 2021, unless employment is earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions thereof and after the initial term has a standard 1 year1-year automatic extension clause if there is no notice by the Company of termination. Mr. Dewan had received a starting base salary at the rate of $300,000 per year which can be adjusted by the Compensation Committee. Mr. Dewan’s employment agreement was amended in fiscal 2021 to increase his base salary to $350,000 per year, and to extend the term of the agreement so that it ends on September 30, 2024. Mr. Dewan is entitled to receive an annual bonus based on criteria to be agreed to by Mr. Dewan and the Compensation Committee. The Dewan Employment Agreement contains standard termination, change of control, non-compete and confidentiality provisions.

36

Table of Contents

George Bajalia, Former President and Director: On December 26, 2017, the Company and Mr. Bajalia entered into a written employment agreement with respect to Mr. Bajalia’s service as President of the Company. The Company and Mr. Bajalia agreed to an initial term of five years and that Mr. Bajalia would receive a base salary of $270,000 per year, subject to increase, but not decrease, at the discretion of the Board. In addition, the Company and Mr. Bajalia agreed that Mr. Bajalia would be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 100% of his base salary based on his meeting certain performance-based targets. On June 15, 2018,2021, 600,000 restricted shares of common stock previously granted to Mr. Dewan became fully vested. On August 13, 2021, the Company granted 500,000250,000 restricted shares of common stock to Mr. Bajalia.Dewan. The restricted shares wereare to be earned over a three-year period and cliff vest at the end of the third year from the date of grant. These shares vested upon

Alex Stuckey, Chief Operating Officer: On June 1, 2018, the Company and Mr. Bajalia’s passing on November 23, 2019.Stuckey entered into a written employment agreement with respect to Mr. BajaliaStuckey’s service as Chief Administrative Officer of the Company (the “Stuckey Employment Agreement”). On August 26, 2022, Mr. Stuckey was re-appointed as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. The Company and Mr. Stuckey agreed to an initial term of five years and that Mr. Stuckey will receive a base salary of $220,000 per year, subject to increase, but not decrease, at the discretion of the Board. Mr. Stuckey’s annual salary was increased as of August 15, 2021 to a base salary of $250,000 per year. The Company and Mr. Stuckey have agreed that Mr. Stuckey shall be eligible to receive Incentive Compensation that shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board. Mr. Stuckey is also eligible to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans as in effect from time to time on the same basis as generally made available to other senior executives of the Company in addition to other benefits provided to executives of the Company. The Stuckey Employment Agreement contains standard termination, change of control, non-compete and confidentiality provisions. On August 13, 2021, the Company granted 183,333 restricted shares of common stock to Mr. Stuckey. The restricted shares are to be earned over a three-year period and cliff vest at the end of the third year from the date of grant. On August 21, 2022, 100,000 restricted shares of common stock previously granted to Mr. Stuckey became fully vested. 

50

Table of Contents

 

Kim Thorpe, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer: On June 15, 2018, the Company appointed Kim Thorpe as the Company’s new Chief Financial Officer. On February 13, 2019, the Company and Mr. Thorpe entered into a written employment agreement with respect to Mr. Thorpe’s service as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the “Thorpe Employment Agreement”). The Company and Mr. Thorpe agreed to an initial term of five years and that Mr. Thorpe will receive a base salary of $200,000 per year, subject to increase, but not decrease, at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer,Officer. Mr. Thorpe’s employment agreement was amended in fiscal 2020 to increase his base salary to $250,000 per year, and again in fiscal 2021 to increase his base salary to $270,000 per year, and to extend the term of the agreement so that it ends on September 30, 2024. Mr. Thorpe is entitled to receive an annual bonus based on criteria to be agreed to by Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Thorpe is also eligible to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans as in effect from time to time on the same basis as generally made available to other senior executives of the Company in addition to other benefits provided to executives of the Company. The Thorpe Employment Agreement contains standard termination, change of control, non-compete and confidentiality provisions. On August 21, 2019,13, 2021, the Company granted 100,000208,333 restricted shares of common stock to Mr. Thorpe. On August 12, 2020, Mr. Thorpe employment agreement was amended to increase his base salary to $250,000 per year. Separately, Mr. Thorpe also was granted 300,000 restricted shares of common stock. The restricted shares are to be earned over a three-year period and cliff vest at the end of the third year from the date of grant.

Alex Stuckey, Chief Administrative Officer: On June 1, 2018 the Company and Mr. Stuckey entered into a written employment agreement with respect to Mr. Stuckey’s service as Chief Administrative Officer of the Company (the “Stuckey Employment Agreement”). The Company and Mr. Stuckey agreed to an initial term of five years and that Mr. Stuckey will receive a base salary of $220,000 per year, subject to increase, but not decrease, at the discretion of the Board. In addition, the Company and Mr. Stuckey have agreed that Mr. Stuckey shall be eligible to receive Incentive Compensation that shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board. Mr. Stuckey is also eligible to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans as in effect from time to time on the same basis as generally made available to other senior executives of the Company in addition to other benefits provided to executives of the Company. The Stuckey Employment Agreement contains standard termination, change of control, non-compete and confidentiality provisions. On August 21, 2019, the Company granted2022, 100,000 restricted shares of common stock previously granted to Mr. Stuckey. Thorpe became fully vested.

Annual Incentive Compensation Program Adopted in Fiscal 2022

The Bonus Awards presented in the Summary Compensation Table for Messrs. Dewan, Stuckey and Thorpe for fiscal 2022 were accrued but unpaid as of September 30, 2022; but were subsequently paid on December 2, 2022 following determination of the final amounts and approval by the Company’s Compensation Committee and Board of Directors. 

During fiscal 2022, the Company engaged independent compensation consultants to perform a compensation study and analysis of the annual compensation of its executives. The study included comparisons of the amounts and components of the Company’s executive pay to its top three executives with those of several comparable companies. The Company and its Compensation Committee received a report from the independent compensation consultant outlining its findings and recommendations. With the benefit of the independent consultant’s reported findings and recommendations, the Company drafted a formal Annual Incentive Compensation Program (“AICP”), which was reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee and the Company’s board of directors.    

The AICP includes a performance based short term incentive (“STI”), and a partially performance based long term incentive (“LTI”) compensation component. The STI portion is payable in the form of annual cash bonuses and the LTI portion if payable in equity-based compensation in the form of restricted sharesstock. Grants under the LTI component are to be earnedgranted under the Company’s 2013 Incentive Stock Plan and are further comprised of two components; one that vests based on time passed alone, and a second that vest over a three-year periodtime but also based on future performance.    

The overall structure, design and cliff vest at the endother key components of the thirdAICP were initially reviewed by the Compensation Committee during several meetings in 2022 and were presented to and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors at its annual meeting held on August 26, 2022. Additional details regarding the AICP, including the pro forma results expected for fiscal year from2022, and projected targets for fiscal 2023, were reviewed and approved by the dateCompensation Committee and the Company’s Board of grant.Directors at a special teleconference meeting on September 22, 2022. The approvals were conditioned upon final determination of the Company’s results for fiscal 2022, including actual AICP performance measures for fiscal 2022, and the approval of final financial plans for fiscal 2023, including performance targets for the fiscal 2023 AICP. 

 

Option Awards

 

The option awards column represents the fair value of the stock options as measured on the grant date. The methods and assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock options granted are disclosed in Note 11 in the notes to consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere herein.

 

All stock options awarded to the named executive officers or others during fiscal 20202022 were at option prices that were equal to the market price on the date of grant, had vesting dates five years or less after the date of grant, and had expiration dates ten years after the date of grant. 

 

 
3751

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year- End Table

The following table summarizes equity awards granted to Named Executive Officersnamed executive officers and directors that were outstanding as of September 30, 2020:2022:

 

Option Awards

 

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options: # Exercisable

 

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options: # Unexercisable

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unearned and Unexercisable Options:

 

 

Option Exercise Price $

 

 

Option Expiration Date

 

 

# of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested #

 

 

Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested $

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested #

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market of Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derek Dewan, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

1,326,000

 

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

1,326,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alex Stuckey, Chief Administrative Officer

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

52,000

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

52,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kim Thorpe, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.21

 

 

06/15/28

 

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

355,000

 

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

355,000

 

Name

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options: # Exercisable

 

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options: # Unexercisable

 

 

Option Exercise Price $

 

 

Option Expiration Date

 

 

# of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested #

 

 

Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derek Dewan, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

115,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alex Stuckey, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183,333

 

 

 

84,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kim Thorpe, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

2.21

 

 

06/15/28

 

 

 

508,333

 

 

 

398,833

 

  

Retirement Benefits

 

The Company does not maintain a tax-qualified defined benefit retirement plan for any of its executive officers or employees. The Company has a 401(k)-retirement plan in which all full-time employees may participate after one year of service.

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Compensation of Directors

 

BeginningAs of July 2020, members of the Board of Directors are paid cash compensation each quarter in the amount of $5,000 for their attendance/participation. Also, non-executive Committee Chairpersons receive an additional $1,000 per quarter for their committee meeting. Employees serving as directors of the Company did not receive any additional compensation for service on the Board of Directors.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to each of the non-employee directors during fiscal 2020:2022:

Name

 

Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)

 

 

Stock Option Awards ($)

 

 

Stock Awards

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

William M. Isaac

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

24,000

 

Peter J. Tanous

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

24,000

 

Darla D. Moore

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

24,000

 

Carl Camden

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,000

 

Matthew Gormly

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,000

 

Thomas Vetrano

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

24,000

 

Beginning October 1, 2022, non-executive members of the Board of Directors are paid cash compensation each quarter in the amount of $12,500 for their attendance/participation. Also, non-executive Committee Chairpersons receive an additional $1,875 per quarter for their services as committee chairs. In addition, non-executive members of the Board of Directors are to be granted 50,000 non-qualified stock options each annually, which shall be considered fully vested at the time of grant and have their respective strike prices set at the closing price of the Company’s common shares as reported by the NYSE American on the date of grant.

 

 
3852

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Director Compensation

Name

 

Fees Earned or

Paid in Cash ($)

 

 

Stock Option

Awards ($)

 

 

Stock Awards ($)

 

 

Total
($)

 

William M. Issac

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

12,369

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18,369

 

Peter J. Tanous

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

12,369

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18,369

 

Darla D. Moore

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

12,369

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18,369

 

Carl Camden

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,000

 

 

 

32,000

 

Matthew Gormly

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,000

 

 

 

32,000

 

Thomas Vetrano

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,000

 

 

 

33,000

 

Option Awards

The option awards column represents the fair value of the stock options as measured on the grant date. The methods and assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock options granted are disclosed in Note 11 in the notes to consolidated financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report for fiscal 2020.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the beneficial ownership of our voting securities as of December 28, 202019, 2022 by (i) each person who is known by us, based solely on a review of public filings, to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our outstanding voting securities, (ii) each director, (iii) each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a group.

 

Under applicable SEC rules, a person is deemed to be the “beneficial owner” of a voting security if such person has (or shares) either investment power or voting power over such security or has (or shares) the right to acquire such security within 60 days by any of a number of means, including upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of convertible securities. A beneficial owner’s percentage ownership is determined by assuming that options, warrants and convertible securities that are held by the beneficial owner, but not those held by any other person, and which are exercisable or convertible within 60 days, have been exercised or converted.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all voting securities shown as being owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner in the table below is care of GEE Group Inc., 7751 Belfort Parkway, Suite 150, Jacksonville, Florida 32256.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner, Directors and Executive Officers

 

Amount and Nature of

Beneficial Ownership

 

 

Percent of Class (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derek Dewan 

 

 

2,091,017

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

1.83%

Darla Moore 

 

 

528,920

 

 

 

(3)

 

*

 

Peter Tanous 

 

 

509,820

 

 

 

(4)

 

*

 

William Isaac 

 

 

508,987

 

 

 

(5)

 

*

 

Alex Stuckey 

 

 

1,666,624

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

1.46%

Kim Thorpe

 

 

332,657

 

 

 

(7)

 

*

 

Carl Camden

 

 

62,500

 

 

 

(8)

 

*

 

Matthew Gormly

 

 

237,500

 

 

 

(9)

 

*

 

Thomas Vetrano

 

 

80,500

 

 

 

(10)

 

*

 

Current directors and executive officers as a group (9 individuals) 

 

 

6,018,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.26%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5% or Greater Holders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raffle Associates, L.P.

 

 

8,913,857

 

 

 

(11)

 

 

7.79%

*Represents less than 1%.

 
3953

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner, Directors and Executive Officers

 

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial Ownership

 

 

Percent of

Class (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derek Dewan 

 

 

438,636

(2)

 

 

2.42%

Darla Moore 

 

 

180,653

(3)

 

 

1.00%

Peter Tanous 

 

 

338,987

(4)

 

 

1.87%

William Isaac 

 

 

371,487

(5)

 

 

2.05%

Alex Stuckey 

 

 

1,566,624

(6)

 

 

8.64%

Kim Thorpe

 

 

129,324

(7)

 

*

 

Carl Camden

 

 

-

(8)

 

*

 

Matthew Gormly

 

 

-

(9)

 

*

 

Thomas Vetrano

 

 

-

(10)

 

*

 

Current directors and executive officers as a group (9 individuals) 

 

 

3,025,711

 

 

 

16.69%

 

Represents less than 1%.

(1) 

Based on 17,667,123114,450,455 Common Stock issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2020.19, 2022.

(2) 

Represents (i) 400,0002,052,381 shares of common stock, 218,650 of which are part of the Derek E. Dewan Living Trust II dated the 27th of July, 2010 of which Ms. Brittany M. Dewan is the trustee. Ms. Dewan has the sole voting and dispositive power over these shares of common stock. Also includes (ii) 38,636 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 250,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on August 12, 2024. Also does not include 537,182 shares of restricted stock that were granted on December 2, 2022 comprised of; 221,518 shares that vest on an annual pro-rata basis on each the subsequent three (3) anniversary dates of the grant, and 315,664 shares that also vest over this same period, but for which the annual amounts that would otherwise vest are also subject to the achievement of performance based measures.

(3) 

Includes (i) 416,420 common shares owned by the Darla Moore Trust (ii) 112,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

(4) 

Represents (i) 247,320 shares of Common Stock and, (ii) 262,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

(5) 

Represents (i) 243,987 shares of Common Stock and (ii) 265,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

(6) 

Represents (i) 1,627,988 shares of common stock, and (ii) 38,636 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 600,000183,333 shares of restricted Common Stockcommon stock that cliff vest on and August 12, 2024. Also does not include 383,701 shares of restricted stock that were granted on December 2, 2022 comprised of; 158,227 shares that vest on an annual pro-rata basis on each the subsequent three (3) anniversary dates of the grant, and 225,474 shares that also vest over this same period, but for which the annual amounts that would otherwise vest are also subject to cliff vesting on June 15, 2021.the achievement of performance based measures.

(3) 

Includes

(7) 

Represents (i)163,987 Common Stock owned by the Darla Moore Trust 292,657 shares of common stock and (ii) 16,66740,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 33,33310,000 shares of Common Stockcommon stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days, 300,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on August 12, 2023, and 208,333 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on August 12, 2024. Also does not include 414,398 shares of restricted stock that were granted on December 2, 2022 comprised of; 170,886 shares that vest on an annual pro-rata basis on each the subsequent three (3) anniversary dates of the grant, and 243,512 shares that also vest over this same period, but for which the annual amounts that would otherwise vest are also subject to the achievement of performance based measures.

(8) 

Represents 62,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days and 50,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on June 21, 2023.

(9)

Represents (i) 175,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 62,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days and 50,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on AugustJune 21, 2022.2023.

(4) 

(10)

Represents (i) 163,98718,000 shares of Common Stockcommon stock and (ii) 175,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 50,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on August 20, 2022, and options to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock that cliff vest on June 22, 2022.

(5) 

Represents (i) 193,987 shares of Common Stock and (ii) 177,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 25,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days, 50,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on August 20, 2022.

(6) 

Represents (i) 1,527,988 shares of Common Stock, and (ii) 38,636 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 100,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on August 20, 2022.

(7) 

Represents (i) 109,324 shares of Common Stock, and (ii) 20,00062,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days. Does not include 30,00012,500 shares of Common Stockcommon stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are not exercisable within 60 days 100,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on August 20, 2022 and 300,000 restricted shares of common stock that vest on August 12, 2023.

(8) 

Mr. Camden was appointed to serve as a member of the Board on March 30, 2020. Does not include 50,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on June 21, 2023.

(9)

Mr. Gormly was appointed to serve as a member of the Board on March 30, 2020. Does not include 50,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on June 21, 2023.

(10)

Mr. Vetrano was appointed to serve as a member of the Board on March 30, 2020. Does not include 50,000 shares of restricted common stock that cliff vest on June 21, 2023.

(11)

Ms. Brittany M. DewanOwnership information is based on a Form 13F dated September 30, 2022 and filed by Raffles Associates LP with the trusteeSecurities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2022. The address of the Derek E. Dewan Irrevocable Living Trust II Dated the 27thprincipal business office of July, 2010. Ms. Dewan has the sole voting power and sole dispositive power over the 885,715 shares of Common Stock.Raffles Associates LP is 5 Penn Plaza, 19th Floor, New York NY 10001. 

 

 
4054

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

Item 13. CertainCertain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

Director Independence

 

Our Board of Directors is responsible to make independence determinations annually with the assistance of the Nominating Committee.and Corporate Governance Committees. Such independence determinations are made by reference to the independence standards under the definition of “independent director” included inunder the NYSE American Listed Company Manual. Our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that William Isaac, Darla Moore, Carl Camden, Matthew Gormly, Thomas Vetrano, and Peter Tanous satisfy the independence standards under the NYSE American Listed Company Manual.

 

In addition to the independence standards provided in the NYSE American Listed Company Manual, our Board of Directors has determined that each director who serves on our Audit Committee satisfies standards established by the SEC providing that, in order to qualify as “independent” for the purposes of membership on that committee, members of audit committees may not (1)(i) accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the Company other than their director compensation or (2)(ii) be an affiliated person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Board of Directors has also determined that each member of the Compensation Committee satisfies the NYSE American standards for independence of Compensation Committee members.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

Other than as disclosed below, and except for the Dewan, Stuckey and Thorpe Employment AgreementAgreements, each as defined and described in “Executive Compensation”"Executive Compensation", there have been no transactions since October 1, 2019,2020 or any currently proposed transaction or series of similar transactions to which the Company was or is to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any current or former director or officer of the Company, any 5% or greater stockholder of the Company or any member of the immediate family of any such persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

On May 15, 2019,or about April 19, 2021, six (6) directors and officers of the Company issued and sold to members of its executive management and Board of Directors (the “Investors”) $2,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 8% Notes. The maturity date of the 8% Notes was on October 3, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”). The 8% Notes were converted intoindividually acquired shares of the Company’s Series C 8% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) at a conversion price equal to $1.00 per share (subject to adjustment as providedcommon stock either by directly participating in the 8% Notes upon any stock dividend, stock combinationCompany’s 2021 follow-on public offering of its common shares, as subscribers, or stock split or upon the consummation of certain fundamental transactions) (the “Conversion Price”). Interest on the 8% Notes accrued at the rate of 8% per annum and was payable quarterly in non-cash payments-in-kind (“PIK”) in arrears on June 30, September 30, December 31, and March 31, beginning on June 30, 2019, on each conversion date with respect to the 8% Notes (as to that principal amount then being converted), and on the Maturity Date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest was payable on an Interest Payment Date inby purchasing Company common shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company, which Series C Preferred Stock was valued at its liquidation value.

During fiscal 2019, the Company issued approximately 60,400 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Investors related to interest of $60,400 on the 8% Notes. During fiscal 2020, the Company has issued approximately 32,846 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Investors related to interest of $32,846 on the 8% Notes.

On June 30, 2020, each of the holders of the 8% Notes other than Ronald R. Smith converted the $1,000 aggregate principal amount of 8% Notes held by them to an aggregate of 1,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock which were immediately and simultaneously converted into 1,000 shares of Common Stock at the $1.00 per share conversion price stated in the 8% Notesopen market. These six officers and in the Series C Preferred Stock. These holders also converted an aggregate of 93 additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued or issuable to them intodirectors collectively acquired a total of 93,246678,765 shares of Common Stockthe Company’s common stock at the $1.00 per share conversion price stated in the Series C Preferred Stock.

On June 30, 2020, he Company entered intothat time. Each of these directors and officers filed a Repurchase AgreementForm 4 for Preferred Stock and Subordinated Notes (the “Repurchase Agreement”) with Ronald R. Smith (“Mr. Smith”), Thrivent Financial for Lutherans (“Thrivent”), Madison Capital Funding LLC (“Madison”), Maurice R. Harrison IV, Peter Langlois, Vincent Lombardo and Shane Parr (collectively with Smith, Thrivent and Madison, the “SNI Group Members” pursuant to which the SNI Group Members agreed to allow the Company to repurchase and settle all of the 9.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the “9.5% Notes”), Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value (“Series B Preferred Stock”), “8% Notes and Series C Preferred Stock held by each of them.

Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, Mr. Smith agreed to accept an aggregate amount of $520 in cash in consideration for the purchase by the Company of the $1,000 aggregate principal amount of 8% Notes held by him and an aggregate amount of $37 in cash in consideration for the purchase by the Company of the 71 shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by him. The Company consummated the repurchase of the 8% Notes and Series C Preferred Stock held by Mr. Smith on June 30, 2020.

Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock agreed to accept an aggregate amount of $2,894 in cash in consideration for the purchase by the Company of all 5,566 currently outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by them. This amount included 4,184 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Mr. Smith for which he received an aggregate purchase price of $2,176. The Company consummated the repurchase of the Series B Preferred Stock on June 30, 2020. In addition, pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, the holders of the 9.5% Notes agreed to accept an aggregate amount of $1,115 in cash in consideration for the purchase by the Company of the entire $12,500 aggregate principal amount of the 9.5% Notes held by them. The Company consummated the repurchase of the 9.5% Notes on June 30, 2020.

41

Table of Contents

In connection with the Repurchase Agreement, the Company and the SNI Group Members entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2020 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file an initial registration statement with respect to the resale of shares of Common Stock currently owned by the SNI Group members that are “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) onhis or prior to July 31, 2020. In addition, the Company has agreed that it shall, on one occasion, on or after September 30, 2020 and upon the written request of the holders of 51% or more of the Registrable Securities, file a registration statement with respect to the Registrable Securities held by such holders. The demanding holders may require, in connection with the registration, that such demand registration take the form of an underwritten public offering of such Registrable Securities. The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that for a period of three years after the closing date of the Restructuring, the holders of Registrable Securities shall have piggyback registration rights with respect to all registration statements filed by the Company (other than those on Form S-4 or Form S-8).her individual purchases.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

The Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is FORVIS, LLP (“FORVIS”) (PCAOB Firm ID No. 686) located in Tampa, Florida. On April 12, 2022, the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors has selected Friedman, LLPengaged FORVIS (formerly known as Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP) to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years endingyear ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.2022. Friedman, LLP has(“Friedman”) was the predecessor to FORVIS, having served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm since November 29, 2012.2012 through the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, and first fiscal quarter of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.

 

The following table presents fees billed by FORVIS and Friedman LLP for the following professional services rendered for the Company for the fiscal years ended September 30, 20202022 and 2019:2021, respectively:

 

 

Fiscal 2020

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2022 (1)

 

 

Fiscal 2021

 

Audit fees

 

$228,170

 

$220,000

 

 

$192,000

 

$212,000

 

Audit-related fees

 

16,500

 

17,500

 

 

32,000

 

77,500

 

Tax fees

 

-

 

-

 

All other fees

 

-

 

-

 

(1)

Values presented for fiscal 2022 include only fees billed by FORVIS. Friedman performed services for the company during the first fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2022, has re-issued their opinion on the fiscal 2021 consolidated financials included herein, and is providing their consent on this annual filing. Fees incurred in relation to these services totaled $52,000 in fiscal 2022.

 

“Audit fees” relate to services for the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal yearyears and for reviews of the interim consolidated financial statements includedas well as providing consents for the inclusion of the Audit Firm’s reports in the Company’s quarterly reports filed with the SEC.SEC registration statements and filings.

 

“Audit-related fees” relate to services that are reasonably related to the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not included in “audit fees.” These services include audits of the Company’s 401(k) retirement plan and a special audit procedures and the firm’s consent relatedof revenue pertaining to one of the Company’s registration statement filed on SEC Form S-3 during fiscal 2020.client engagements which include the Audit Firm’s reports.

 

The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, and to not engage them to perform the specific non-audit services proscribed by law or regulation for independence reasons. At or just prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, the Audit Committee meets with the independent registered public accounting firm and approves the fees and services to be performed for the ensuing year. On at least an annual basis, the Audit Committee reviews fees billed for all services provided for the year to date, and it pre-approves additional services if necessary. The Audit Committee’s pre-approval policies allow management to engage the independent registered public accounting firm for consultations on tax or accounting matters up to an aggregate of $10,000 annually. All fees listed in the table above were approved in accordance with the Audit Committee’s policies.

 

 
4255

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

PART IV

 

PART IV

Item 15. ExhibitsExhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report:

 

No.

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

2.01

Securities Purchase and Tender Offer Agreement, dated March 30, 2009, by and among GEE Group Inc. and PSQ, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

2.02

Acquisition of Assets of On-Site Services dated June 2. 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 8, 2010, File No. 1-05707.

2.03

Financial Statements of On-Site Services dated August 16, 2010, Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1, Exhibit 99.2 and Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 16, 2010, File No. 1-05707.

2.04

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation, GEE Group Portfolio, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SNI Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation, Smith Holdings, LLC a Delaware limited liability company, Thrivent Financial for Lutherans, a Wisconsin corporation, organized as a fraternal benefits society, Madison Capital Funding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Ronald R. Smith, in his capacity as a stockholder and Ronald R. Smith in his capacity as the representative of the SNIH Stockholders. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

 

 

3.013.1

 

Articles of Incorporation and amendments thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-05707.

 

 

3.023.2

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 6, 2013.

 

 

3.033.3

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 3, 2020.

 

 

 

3.043.4

 

Certificate of designation of series a convertible preferred stock of GEE Group Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.04 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 22, 2014.

 

 

 

3.053.5

 

Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company Reflecting the Reverse Stock Split. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 9, 2015

 

 

 

3.063.6

 

Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company Reflecting the Capital Increase. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 9, 2015

 

 

 

3.073.7

 

Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 14, 2016

 

 

 

3.083.8

 

Statement of Resolution Establishing Series of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

 

 

 

3.093.9

 

Statement of Resolution Establishing Series of Series C 8% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

 

43

Table of Contents

4.014.1

 

Rights Agreement dated as of February 4, 2000, between GEE Group Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2000, Commission File No. 1-05707.

 

56

4.02Table of Contents

4.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2009, by and between General Employment Enterprises, Inc. and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

 

 

4.034.3

 

Subordinated Nonnegotiable Promissory NoteDescription of Capital Stock dated October 4, 2015 from GEE Group Inc. to William Daniel Dampier and Carol Lee Dampier.December 23, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14.10 to the Company’s Form 8-K10-K filed with the Commission on October 7, 2015.December 23, 2021.

 

 

 

4.04

Promissory Note dated October 2, 2015 from GEE Group Inc. to JAX Legacy – Investment 1, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 7, 2015.

4.05

Form of Contingent Promissory Note issuable by the Company. to Enoch S. Timothy and Dorothy Timothy. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 4, 2016.

4.06

Form of Subordinated Promissory Note dated January 20, 2017 issued by GEE Group, Inc. to Enoch S. Timothy and Dorothy Timothy. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 25, 2017.

4.07

Form of 10% Convertible Subordinated Note dated April 3, 2017 from GEE Group, Inc. to JAX Legacy – Investment 1, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

4.08

Form of 9.5% Convertible Subordinated Note due October 3, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

4.09

Form of 8% Convertible Subordinated Note due October 3, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.01*

Key Manager Plan, adopted May 22, 1990. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1990, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.02*

GEE Group Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement dated April 25, 1995, Registration No. 33-91550.

10.03*

Second Amended and Restated GEE Group Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on January 8, 2010.

10.04*

GEE Group Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.05*

Chief Executive Officer Bonus Plan, adopted September 24, 2001. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2001, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.06*

Operational Vice President Bonus Plan effective for fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, Commission File No. 1-05707.

44

Table of Contents

10.07*

Form of stock option agreement under the GEE Group Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.01 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K dated September 25, 2006, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.08*

Chief Executive Officer Bonus Plan Amendment 1, effective for fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-QSB for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2006, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.09*

Form of director stock option agreement under the Amended and Restated GEE Group Inc., 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.10*

Form of stock option agreement under the GEE Group Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.11*

Form of indemnity agreement with directors and officers, adopted November 19, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.12*

Escrow Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2009, by and among GEE Group Inc., PSQ, LLC and Park Avenue Bank, as escrow agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.13*

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2009, by and among Herbert F. Imhoff, Jr., GEE Group Inc. and PSQ LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.14*

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2009, by and between GEE Group Inc., PSQ, LLC and Herbert F. Imhoff, Jr. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.15*

Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 22, 2009, to Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2009, by and among Herbert F. Imhoff, Jr., GEE Group Inc. and PSQ LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.16*

Employment Agreement between GEE Group Inc. and Kent M. Yauch, dated June 26, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.17*

Employment Agreement between GEE Group Inc. and Marilyn L. White, dated June 26, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2009, Commission File No. 1-05707.

10.18*

Form of director stock option under the Second Amended and Restated GEE Group Inc., 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Information Statement filed with the SEC on October 16, 2009.

10.19*

Form of employee stock option under the Second Amended and Restated GEE Group Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Information Statement filed with the SEC on October 16, 2009.

10.20*

Amendment No. 4 dated as of February 5, 2010 to Statement of Acquisition of Beneficial Ownership by Herbert F. Imhoff, Jr. Incorporated by reference to Form SC 13D dated February 5, 2010, Commission File No. 5-40677.

45

Table of Contents

10.21 

Account Purchase Agreement dated as December 14, 2010 by and betweenWells Fargo Bank, National Association and Triad Personnel Services, Inc., the Company, BMPS, Inc., BMCH, Inc. d/b/a Triad Personnel Services, and BMCH PA, Inc. d/b/a Triad Temporaries (the “Account Purchase Agreement”). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.22 

First Amendment to Account Purchase Agreement dated May 2, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013.

10.23

Second Amendment to Account Purchase Agreement dated as February 15, 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 30, 2012, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.24

Third Amendment to Account Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013.

10.25

Fourth Amendment to Account Purchase Agreement dated December 14, 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013.

10.26

Fifth Amendment to Account Purchase Agreement dated as January 14, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013.

10.27

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2011, by and among GEE Group Inc., Ashley Ellis LLC and Brad A. Imhoff. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.28

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2011, by and between GEE Group Inc. and Ashley Ellis LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.29

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2011, by and between GEE Group Inc., and Katy M. Imhoff. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.30

Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2011, by and between GEE Group Inc. and Katy M. Imhoff. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.31

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2011, by and between GEE Group Inc., and Salvatore J. Zizza. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.32

Change of Control Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2011, by and between GEE Group Inc. and Salvatore J. Zizza. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.33

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2011, by and between GEE Group Inc. and Brad A. Imhoff. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.34

Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2011, by and between GEE Group Inc. and Brad A. Imhoff. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

10.35

Registration Rights Agreement, effective as of December 30, 2010, by and among GEE Group Inc., Triad Personnel Services, Inc., DMCC Staffing, LLC and RFFG of Cleveland, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 5, 2011, Commission File No. 001-05707.

46

Table of Contents

10.36

GEE Group Inc. 2011 Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference as Appendix B to the Company’s Proxy Statement dated January 23, 2012, Commission File No. 1-05707.*

10.37

Sixth Amendment to Account Purchase Agreement dated as March 27, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013.

10.38

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Brad A. Imhoff dated June 26, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 1, 2013.

10.39

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Katy Imhoff dated June 26, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 1, 2013.

10.40

Executive Employment Agreement with Andrew Norstrud, dated March 29, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 15, 2013.

10.41

Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement by and among DMCC Staffing, LLC, RFFG of Cleveland, LLC, the Company and Triad Personnel Services, Inc., dated April 17, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 24, 2013.

10.42

 

GEE Group Inc. 2013 Incentive Stock Plan, effective July 23, 2013.  Incorporated by reference as Exhibit A to the Company’s Proxy Statement dated August 21, 2013, Commission File No. 001-05707.*

 

 

10.43

Loan and Security agreement and betweenKeltic Financial Partners II, LLP and GEE Group Inc., Triad Personnel Services, Inc., BMPS, Inc., BMCH, Inc. d/b/a Triad Personnel Services, and BMCH PA, Inc., Triad Logistics (the “Loan Agreement”). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on January 13, 2014.

10.44

Second Amendment to Loan and Security agreement and betweenACF FINCO I LP (successor-in-interest to Keltic Financial Partners II, LP) and GEE Group Inc., Triad Personnel Services, Inc., BMPS, Inc., BMCH, Inc. d/b/a Triad Personnel Services, and BMCH PA, Inc., Triad Logistics (the “Loan Agreement”). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 22, 2014.

10.45

Securities Purchase Agreement by and between GEE Group Inc. and Aracle SPF I, LLC dated March 31, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 20, 2014.

10.46

First Amendment and Waiver to the Loan and Security Agreement between GEE Group Inc. and Keltic Financial Partners II, LP, dated September 27, 2013 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 20, 2014.

10.47

Convertible Note Issued to Brio Capital Master Fund, Ltd. Dated August 6, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 14, 2014.

10.48

Securities Purchase Agreement by and between GEE Group Inc. and Brio Capital Master Fund, Ltd. dated August 6, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 14, 2014.

10.49

 

Stock Exchange Agreement by and between GEE Group Inc., Brittany M. Dewan as Trustee of the Derek E. Dewan Irrevocable Living Trust II dated the 27th of July 2010, Brittany M. Dewan, individually, Allison Dewan, individually, Mary Menze, individually, and Alex Stuckey, individually. Incorporated by reference to Appendix B of Schedule 14C filed on March 6, 2015.

 

 

 

10.5010.3

 

The Amendment to the Employment Agreement by and among GEE Group Inc. and Mr. Andrew J. Norstrud, effective as of July 24, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 28, 2015.

 

47

Table of Contents

10.5110.4

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 31, 2015, by and between GEE Group Inc. and Tricia Dempsey. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 4, 2015.

 

 

 

10.5210.5

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 4, 2015, by and among GEE Group Inc., William Daniel Dampier and Carol Lee Dampier. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 7, 2015.

 

 

 

10.5310.6

 

Subordinated Security Agreement dated October 4, 2015, by and among GEE Group Inc., William Daniel Dampier and Carol Lee Dampier. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 7, 2015.

 

 

 

10.54

Registration Rights Agreement dated October 2, 2015 by and between GEE Group Inc. and JAX Legacy – Investment 1, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 7, 2015.

10.55

Subscription Agreement dated October 2, 2015 by and between GEE Group Inc. and JAX Legacy – Investment 1, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 7, 2015.

10.5610.7

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2016, by and among General Employment Enterprises, Inc., Enoch S. Timothy and Dorothy Timothy. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 4, 2016

 

 

 

10.57

Eighth Amendment, Consent and Waiver dated as of January 1, 2016 (the “Amendment”) to the Loan and Security Agreement dated September 27, 2013 by and among the Company, the Borrowers named therein, Access Data, Paladin and ACF FINCO I LP, as Lender Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 5, 2016

10.58

Form of Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note dated as of January 1, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 5, 2016

10.5910.8

 

Employment Agreement dated August 12, 2016, between the Company and Derek Dewan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 15, 2016.

 

 

 

10.6010.9

 

Ninth Amendment, Consent and Waiver dated as of September 27, 2016 to the Loan and Security Agreement dated September 27, 2013 by and among the Company, the other borrowers’ parties thereto and ACF FINCO I LP, as Lender Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2016.

10.61

Form of Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note dated as of September 27, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2016.

10.62

Reaffirmation Agreement dated as of September 27, 2016 by and among the Company, the other borrowers’ parties thereto and ACF FINCO LLP, as Lender. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2016.

10.63

Addendum No. 1 dated January 20, 2017, to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2017, by and among GEE Group.Group Inc. and Enoch S. Timothy and Dorothy Timothy. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 25, 2017.

 

 

 

10.64

Tenth Amendment, Consent and Waiver dated as of January 1, 2017 (the “Amendment”) to the Loan and Security Agreement dated September 27, 2013 by and among the Company, the Borrowers named therein and ACF FINCO I LP, as Lender. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 25, 2017.

48

Table of Contents

10.65

Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among GEE Group, Inc., (“Parent”) “), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto and PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC”), as administrative agebtn and collateral agent for certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP (“MGG”). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.66

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Jax Legacy-Investment 1, LLC , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.67

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Madison Capital Funding LLC , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. “). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.68

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Peter Langlois , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.69

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Maurice R. Harrison IV , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.70

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Thrivent Financial for Lutherans , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.71

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Shane Parr , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.72

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Vincent Lombardo , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

49

Table of Contents

10.73

Agreement dated as of April 3, 2017 by and between GEE Group, Inc., an Illinois Corporation and Thrivent Financial for Lutherans, a Wisconsin Corporation organized as a fraternal benefits society. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 6, 2017.

10.74

Waiver to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 31, 2017, by and among GEE Group, Inc., and its subsidiaries as a “Borrower” and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent for certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 1, 2017.

10.75

First Amendment, dated as of October 2, 2017, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, as amended, by and among GEE Group, Inc., the other borrower entities and guarantor entities named therein, PNC Bank, National Association and certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 5, 2017.

10.76

Amended and Restated Non-Negotiable Promissory Note dated October 4, 2017 from GEE Group, Inc. to William Daniel Dampier and Carol Lee Dampier. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 5, 2017.

10.77

Second Amendment, dated as of November 14, 2017, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, as amended, by and among GEE Group, Inc., the other borrower entities and guarantor entities named therein, and certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 17, 2017.

10.78

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 26, 2017, by and between GEE Group Inc., and George Bajalia.

10.79

Second Waiver to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 15, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 15, 2018.

10.80

Third Amendment, dated as of August 10, 2018, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, as amended, by and among GEE Group, Inc., the other borrower entities and guarantor entities named therein, and certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 14, 2018.

10.81

Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2018, by and among GEE Group, Inc., MGG Investment Group LP, as the Lender and Bank of America, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 14, 2018.

10.82

Fourth Amendment, dated as of December 27 2018, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, as amended, by and among GEE Group, Inc., the other borrower entities and guarantor entities named therein, and certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.82 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 27, 2018.

10.8310.10

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2019, by and between GEE Group Inc., and Kim Thorpe. Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on February 14, 2019.

50

Table of Contents

10.84

Form of Subscription Agreement dated May 15, 2019 by and between the Company and the Investor party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

 

 

 

10.85

Settlement Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among Ronald R. Smith, individually, the Company, and Ronald R. Smith, in his capacity as the Stockholders’ Representative, as that role is defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into as of March 31, 2017 by and among the Company, SNI Holdco Inc., Mr. Smith, the Stockholders’ Representative, and certain other stockholders of SNI Holdco Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.86

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Peter J. Tanous , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.87

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Alex Stuckey , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.88

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Arthur B. Laffer , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. . Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.89

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Darla Moore , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.90

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , William Isaac , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a ��Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.91

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , Ronald Smith , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.92

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein , FRUS Capital LLC , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

51

Table of Contents

10.93

Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 15, 2019 by and among MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Senior Lenders referred to therein, Irrevocable Living Trust of Derek E. Dewan, Brittany M. Dewan, Trustee , GEE Group Inc., an Illinois corporation (“Parent”), each Subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Borrower” on the signature pages thereto and each subsidiary of the Parent listed as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 21, 2019.

10.94

Six Amendment, dated as of February 12, 2020, to the Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017, as amended, by and among GEE Group, Inc., the other borrower entities and guarantor entities named therein, and certain investment funds managed by MGG Investment Group LP. Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on February 13, 2020.

10.95

First Amendment to the Subordinated Promissory Note dated as of February 8, 2020 by and among GEE Group, Inc., Enoch S. Timothy, and Dorothy Timothy. Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on February 13, 2020.

10.96

Seventh Amendment dated as of April 28, 2020 to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among GEE Group, Inc., the other Borrowers and Guarantors named therein, the lenders named therein and MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent, term loan agent and collateral agent for the lenders named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 4, 2020.

10.9710.11

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 28, 2020, by and between GEE Group Inc. and MGG Investment Group LP. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 4, 2020.

57

Table of Contents

10.9810.12

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 28, 2020, by and between GEE Group Inc., and CM Finance SPV., Ltd. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 4, 2020.

 

 

 

10.99

Repurchase Agreement for Preferred Stock and Subordinated Notes dated as of June 30, 2020 with Ronald R. Smith, Thrivent Financial for Lutherans, Madison Capital Funding LLC, Maurice R. Harrison IV, Peter Langlois, Vincent Lombardo, and Shane Parr. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 7, 2020.

10.100

Note Conversion Agreement dated as of June 30, 2020 by and between GEE Group, Inc. and JAX Legacy Investment I, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 7, 2020.

10.101

Note Settlement Agreement dated as of June 27, 2020 by and among GEE Group, Inc, Enoch S. Timothy and Dorothy Timothy. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 7, 2020.

10.102

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2020 by and among GEE Group, Inc., and Ronald R. Smith, Thrivent Financial for Lutherans Madison Capital Funding LLC, Maurice R. Harrison IV, Peter Langlois, Vincent Lombardo, and Shane Parr (included as Exhibit B to Exhibit 10.1). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 7, 2020.

10.103

Ninth Amendment dated as of June 30, 2020 to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 31, 2017 by and among GEE Group, Inc., the other Borrowers and Guarantors named therein, the lenders named therein and MGG Investment Group LP, as administrative agent, term loan agent and collateral agent for the lenders named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 7, 2020.

10.10410.13

 

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Employment Agreement dated and effective as of August 12, 2020, between GEE Group Inc. and Kim Thorpe. Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 14, 2020.

 

 

 

10.10510.14

 

Letter Amendment dated as of December 22, 2020  to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2017 by andMay 14, 2021, among GEE Group Inc., certain Subsidiaries of GEE Group as Borrowers, the other BorrowersGuarantors, the financial institutions party to the agreement from time to time as Lenders, and Guarantors named therein,CIT BANK, N.A., as agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q filed with the lenders named thereinCommission on May 17, 2021.

10.15

Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2021 by and MGG Investment Group LP,among the Pledgors signatory to the agreement and CIT BANK, N.A., as administrative agent, term loan agent and collateral agent for the lenders named therein.Lenders. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 17, 2021.

52

Table10.16

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of ContentsAugust 13, 2021, between GEE Group Inc., and Derek E. Dewan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed on August 16, 2021.

 

10.17

Amendment No. 2 to Executive Employment Agreement dated as of August 13, 2021, between GEE Group Inc., and Kim Thorpe. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed on August 16, 2021.

21.01

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8221.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 27, 2018.

 

 

 

23.01

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.Firm for the year ended September 30, 2022.

23.02

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the year ended September 30, 2021.

 

 

 

31.01

 

Certification of the principal executive officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

 

31.02

 

Certification of the principal financial officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

 

32.01

 

Certifications of the principal executive officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

 

 

32.02

 

Certifications for the principal financial officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

 

 

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instant Document

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

 
5358

Table of Contents
Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

GEE GROUP INC.

 (Registrant)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: December 29, 202020, 2022

By:

/s/ Derek Dewan

 

 

 

Derek Dewan

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Date: December 29, 202020, 2022

By:

/s/ Kim Thorpe

 

 

 

Kim Thorpe

 

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

Date: December 29, 202020, 2022

By:

/s/ William M. Isaac

 

 

 

William M. Isaac, Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: December 29, 202020, 2022

By:

/s/ Thomas Vetrano

 

 

 

Thomas Vetrano, Director

 

 

Date: December 29, 202020, 2022

By:

/s/ Peter J. Tanous

Peter J. Tanous, Director

Date: December 20, 2022

By:

/s/ Darla D. Moore

 

 

 

Peter J. Tanous,Darla D. Moore, Director

 

Date: December 29, 202020, 2022

By:

/s/ Darla D. MooreCarl T. Camden

 

 

 

Darla D. Moore,Carl T. Camden, Director

 

Date: December 29, 202020, 2022

By:

/s/ Carl T. CamdenMatthew E. Gormly

 

 

 

Carl T. Camden, Director

Date: December 29, 2020

By:

/s/ Matthew E. Gormly, Director

 

Matthew E. Gormly, Director

 

 
5459